احادیث قدسی

‫�‬ ‫ی‬ ‫اﺣﺎد ث �ﺪ ﯽ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﻧﺴﺎﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻃﺄ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﺟﻮﻳﺪﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﻴﺮ ﻭﻟﺪﺑﻴﮕﻲ‬

.‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ www.aqeedeh.com :‫ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻳﻤﻴﻞ‬

book@aqeedeh.com

‫ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‬ www.aqeedeh.com www.islamtxt.com www.ahlesonnat.com www.isl.org.uk www.islamtape.com www.blestfamily.com www.islamworldnews.com www.islamage.com www.islamwebpedia.com www.islampp.com www.videofarda.com

www.nourtv.net www.sadaislam.com www.islamhouse.com www.bidary.net www.tabesh.net www.farsi.sunnionline.us www.sunni-news.net www.mohtadeen.com www.ijtehadat.com www.islam411.com www.videofarsi.com

‫��‬ ‫��‬ ‫ﻢ ا� ا�� ﻦ ا����ﻢ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ‪11................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ‪13 ......................... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ‪15 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ‪17 .................. ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪23.............................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‪23 ............................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪» :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪31 .......................... ................................ ................................ ................................ «‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ]ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺶ ﺍﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ ‪34 ........................... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ‪35 .......................... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ‪35 ......... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﺪ ‪36 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ ‪36 ...................... ................................‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ‪41..........................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ‪41 ........... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪42 ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪45 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺳﺘﻢﻛﺎﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ؟ ‪48 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ؟ ‪53 ................. ...‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺨﺸﻢ؟ ‪55 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ‪59.........................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪59 . ................................‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﻇﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪67...........................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪73...................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‪73 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ...‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪79........‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ‪79 ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ(! ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ‪82 ....................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺐ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪83 ............... ................................‬‬

‫‪ -7‬ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ‪85...............................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪85 ................. ...‬‬

‫‪ -8‬ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪89.............................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ )ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻢ( ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ‪89 .....‬‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪93..............................‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﺪﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻮﺯﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪93 ............‬‬ ‫‪ -10‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪103 .................................................................................. ‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪103 ........................ ................................ ................................ ‬‬

‫‪ -11‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ« ‪113 ...........................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻄﻔﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪113 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ -12‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻢ )ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ( ‪121 .............................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺭﺣﻢ ‪121 ..... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ -13‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ‪125 ..................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺷﺐ ﺍﺳﺮﺍء‪125 .............................. ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ)( ‪140 ................... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ‪149 ..................‬‬

‫‪ -14‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﭼﺎﺷﺘﮕﺎﻩ )ﺿﺤﻲ( ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ‪151 ...................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ "ﻧﻤﺎﺯ" ﺍﺳﺖ ‪151‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪155 .................. ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪160 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ -15‬ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺁﻥ ‪161 ..................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﻨﻢ ‪161 ........................... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪163 ....................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺷﻮﻩ ‪165 .............................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﻗﻪﺩﺍﺩﻥ )ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ( ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺮگ‬ ‫‪165 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﻲ ‪166 ............................... ................................‬‬ ‫‪ -16‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‪167 ..............................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ‪167 ........... ................................‬‬

‫‪ -17‬ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺒﻪﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪175 ........................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪] ‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻭ ﻏﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ[ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﻪ‪175 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ -18‬ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ ‪179 ..........................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪179 . ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﺪﺭ ‪183 ............................. ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺳﺨﻦﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﺶ ‪184 ....... ................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺪﺍء‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ(؟ ‪186 .........‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺍء ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪189 .. ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪] :‬ﺳﺰﺍﻱ[ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪189 ......................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻛﺸﺖ‪190 ............‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ‪191 ..........‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪191 ................... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ -19‬ﭼﻨﺪﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪193 ............................ ‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜَﻞ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪193 ... ................................ ................................ ...‬‬

‫‪ -20‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ‪197 ................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ‪197 .......... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ -21‬ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺖ ‪199 ..........................................................................‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ‪199 ........................... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪200 .......... ................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪202 .......................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻢ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪203 ........... ...‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻛﻦ‪203 ...................... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻃﻠﺐ ﺁﻣﺮﺯﺵ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ ‪204 ..........‬‬

‫‪ -22‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺼﺎﺹ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺎﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪205 ................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳﺪ ‪205 .................. ................................‬‬

‫‪ -23‬ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ‪209 .........‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﻪﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ‪209 ....................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ‪210 ....................‬‬

‫‪ -24‬ﻏﺎﻟﺐﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺗﻮﺑﻪﻱ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ‪215 ..................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻤﻢ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪215 ....... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻡ ‪216 .........................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺑﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‪218 .................... ...‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪219 ..................‬‬

‫‪ -25‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺬﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺬﺭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺩ‪ ‬ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ‪221 ...‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ‪221 .................... ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻡ ‪222 .. ................................‬‬

‫‪ -26‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺭﺫﺍﻳﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪225 ........................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻫﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﻫﻲﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ‪225 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ‪228 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﭘﺴﻨﺪ‪230 ......... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪235 ......... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺗﻢ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻱ« ‪238 .... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻢﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ‪239 .......... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻦﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪243 ....................‬‬

‫‪ -27‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺧﻀﺮ ‪245 . ‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻀﺮ ‪245 ................................ ................................ ‬‬

‫‪ -28‬ﺳﺰﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪249 ..............................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ -29‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪251 ..................................................‬‬ ‫‪ -30‬ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻳﻔﻪﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪253 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫‪ -31‬ﺁﺳﺎﻥﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ]ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ[ )ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ()( ‪255 .......‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪258 .......... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺯﻝﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻛﻮﺛﺮ ‪259 ............... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪260 ...................... ................................ ‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻣﮋﺩﻩﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺧﺪﻳﺠﻪ ل ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ‪260 ................................‬‬ ‫‪ -32‬ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺫﻡ ﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ‪263 .................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻛﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ‪263 ........ ................................‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫‪7‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ]ﺻﺒﺮ[ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺟﺮﺃﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪265 . ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻢ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪266 ................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪267 .................. ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﻲ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻱ؟ ‪271 ....................... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ‪272 .............. ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪» -33‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ« ﻭ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪﻱ »ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪273 ................................... «‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪273 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪277 ............. ................................ ‬‬

‫‪ -34‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﻓﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ ‪283 ....................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺎﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻨﻪﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪283 ......... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪285 ....................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻦ ‪285 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪290 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ -35‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ‪295 ....................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪» -36‬ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ« ﻭ »ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ † ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ«‪357 ...........................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ‪357 ........... ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ‪359 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻧﻲ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪361 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ...‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ )ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪365 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ‪366 ........................ ................................ ................................ ...‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺡ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪366 ............... ................................‬‬

‫‪ -37‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪369 ..............................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺯﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪369 .......... ................................ ...‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪370 ...........................‬‬ ‫‪ -38‬ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ‪373 .......................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪373 ............................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ‪377 ....................... ................................‬‬

‫‪ -39‬ﺣﻮﺽ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪379 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ -40‬ﺫﺑﺢ ﻣﺮگ )ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺮگ( ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ‪387 .....................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺮگ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ‪387 ....... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫‪9‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪389 .......... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪]» -41‬ﺭﺍﻩ[ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭ ]ﺭﺍﻩ[ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ »ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ« ‪391 .......................................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﺮﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪391 ...........‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪393 ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪ -42‬ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ‪397 ....................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺩﺭﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ‪397 .............................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ‪399 ............ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪400 .........................‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ‪401 . ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬ ‫﴿‪      ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪» .[٢١ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫»‪ ...‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪) .«‬ﻣﻮﻃﺄ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪(/‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺟﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺍﺷـﺘﻪﺍﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ (1) :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ )ﻗﺮﺁﻥ( ﻭ )‪ (2‬ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺵ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻨﺒـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻣـﻴﻦ ﺑـﺮ ﻗﻠـﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪ ‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻱ) ‪ (1‬ﺁﻧﺤﻀﺮﺕ ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝِ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻳﺶ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪F0‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ‪ ‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ؛ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺌﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀـﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﺖ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋـﻪﻱ ﺍﻗـﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺷـﺮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤـﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﻨـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﺖ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺳـﻨﺖ ﻛـﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺳﻨﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﻨﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈـﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺳﻨﺖ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋـﻪ ﺍﻗـﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻴـﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ )ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ( ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪    ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾         ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪» .[٢٤ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺸﻲ ﺣﺬﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺰﻣﺶ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺳـﺆﺍﻻﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﺷـﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﻱ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺵ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺟـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻝ‬

‫‪13‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﻢ ﻟﻔـﻆ ﻭ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪» ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ« ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐِ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪» ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻣﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻫـﺮﺩﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺣﻀـﺮﺕ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺒـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻟﻔﻆ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘـﺎﻝ ﻳـﻚ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﻪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑـﻪ »ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳـﻲ« ﮔﻔﺘـﻪﺍﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋـﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﻴـﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧـﺐ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﻴﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ »ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ« ﻟﻔـﻆ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧـﺐ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ »ﻗﺮﺁﻥ« ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F1‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺟـﺰﻭ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺣـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪14‬‬ ‫))ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬

‫ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺪﻱ ﻭ‬‫ﻫﻤﺎﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ‬

‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺶ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ‬

‫ﺟﺰﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪((.‬‬

‫) ‪(1‬‬ ‫‪F2‬‬

‫‪» -2‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ« ﻣﻌﺠﺰﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺵ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺣـﻲ ﻧـﺎﺯﻝ ﺷـﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ »ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ« ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺻﺒﺤﻲ ﺻـﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ »ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ« ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﻔـﺎﻕ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻢﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺻﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺻﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻱ‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ »ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ« ﺍﺯ »ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ« ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‪» :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ« ﻭ »ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑـﻪ« ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻛﺘـﺮ ﺩﺭﻭﻳـﺶ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﮔﺮﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸـﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺗﻮﺟـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﺘـﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻡ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﻗﺪﺳـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠـﻒ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻡ ﻭ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ »ﺍﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ« ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﻋﻨـﻮﺍﻥ »ﺍﺭﺑﻌـﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺳﻲ« ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬـﻲ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺪﺕ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳـﺎﻥ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﺗﻘـﺪﻳﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗـﻪﻣﻨـﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺘـﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺘﻤﻪﻱ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘـﺐ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻳﻜﻲﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ – ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣـﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺩﻑﺑـﻮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ – ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻃـﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜـﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺣـﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼـﺪﺭ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﻧﻴـﺰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﺷـﺮﺡ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑـﺮ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏﻫـﺎﻱ ﺣـﺪﻳﺜﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ‬ﺍﻛﺘﻔﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻣـﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﺻـﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﻛﻤـﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺧـﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺟﻬـﺖ ﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﻜﺘﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻤﻼﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝﺷـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻦ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻛﺮﻭﺷﻪ ] [ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻳـﻢ ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪﻱ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪﻱ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﺪﻑ ﺗﻨـﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻋـﺪﻡ ﺗﻜـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻼً‪ :‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ‪» :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‪ ،«...‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ‪» :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ،«...:‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﺃﻭ« ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ )ﺷﻚ( ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﻳﺎ« ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻱ »ﺃﻭ« ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻧﺘﺰ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -7‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺵ ‪ ‬ﻣﺸﻜﻞﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺻﻮﺍﺏ ﻃﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺳـﭙﺎﺱ ﻣـﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﭘﻮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘـﻪ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪﻱ ﻫـﺮﭘﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻛﻌـﺖ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺠﻴـﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﻼﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﻻً ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘـﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪» -١‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭی ‪«/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻌـﻪ ‪ 13‬ﺷـﻮﺍﻝ ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪194‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠــﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨــﺎﺭﺍ ﺑــﻪ ﺩﻧﻴــﺎ ﺁﻣــﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩﺳــﺎﻟﮕﻲ ﻣﺸــﻐﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴــﺮﻱ ﻋﻠــﻮﻡ ﺩﻳﻨــﻲ ﺷــﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖﺳﺎﻟﮕﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻤـﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺳـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﻤـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺬ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻓﻈـﻪﻱ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻠﺶ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮﺭﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﻮﻱ ﻣﺤـﺪﺛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺵ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 256‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﺗﻨﮓ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﻤﺮﻗﻨﺪ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪18‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺧـﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺮ ﻋﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﺗﻜـﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌـﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﺑـﻪ ‪7397‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪ 2602‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ«‪ .‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺧﻠـﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ 9000 ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ 2762 ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ«‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ﻓـﺆﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ 7563 ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ 2607 ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻬﻲ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﺳـﻒ ﻛﺮﻣـﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓـﺎﻱ ‪786‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻋﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺎﻱ ‪ 852‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺎﻱ ‪ 923‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -٢‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪«/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺎﺝ ﻗﺸﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺸﺎﺑﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 204‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺸﺎﺑﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍً ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻃﻼﻋـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ؛ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺬ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ »ﺻﺤﻴﺢ«‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺎﺗﻴﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳـﻤﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ‪ 15‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ‪ 7275‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻜـﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌـﺪﺍﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬

‫‪19‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ‪ 4000‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪ 3018‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 261‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺸﺎﺑﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺍﺷـﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺎﻱ ‪ 544‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﻴﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺷـﺮﻑ ﺍﻟـﺪﻳﻦ ﻧـﻮﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺎﻱ ‪ 676‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺒﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓـﺎﻱ ‪911‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -٣‬ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺳﺠﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ ‪«/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺷﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺳﺠﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪ 202‬ﻫﺠـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﺷـﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ »ﺳﻨﻦ« ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ‪ 4800‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓـﺮﺍﺩ ﺿـﻌﻴﻒ ﺣـﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺫﻛـﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺍﻣـﺮ ﺑﺎﻋـﺚ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑـﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧـﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﺮﺡﻫﺎﻳﻴﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ »ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ« ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻄـﺎﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 388‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 275‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪» -٤‬ﺗﺮﻣﺬی ‪«/‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺎﻥ ﺷﺶﮔﺎﻧـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪200‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 279‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﻭ »ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ«‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻘﻬﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ »ﺣﺴﻦ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻤـﺎ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺣـﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ »ﺳـﻨﻦ«‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 5000‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -٥‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ ‪«/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 215‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 303‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷـﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﺍﻟﺴـﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒـﺮﻱ«‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺿـﻌﻴﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺑﻌـﺪﺍً ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﻠﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﺒـﻲ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺴـﻨﻦ«‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ »ﺳﻨﻦ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ« ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ‪ 5761‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨـﺎﺏ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺳﺨﺖﮔﻴﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻔـﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻤـﺎﻱ ﺭﺟـﺎﻝ ﺗﻀـﻌﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» .‬ﺳﻨﻦ« ﻧﺴـﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤـﺎﻱ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺻـﺤﺖ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻘﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﺘﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬

‫‪21‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺷﺸﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺜـﺮﺕ ﺗﻜـﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌـﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻴﺖ »ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ «...‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -٦‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ‪«/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 95‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 179‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﺷـﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﺯﻫﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺤﻴﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧـﺎﻓﻊ ﻏـﻼﻡ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺷـﺪﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺣﺎﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺩﻳﻨـﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺸـﺎﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﭘﺮﺧﻴـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻤﺬ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ »ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃـﺄ« ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﺨﺴـﺖ ﻣﺸـﺘﻤﻞ ﺑـﺮ ﺩﻩ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﺼـﺪ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ »ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪ «1122‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -٧‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻗﺰﻭﻳﻨﯽ ‪«/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻗﺰﻭﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪ 207‬ﻳـﺎ ‪ 209‬ﻫﺠـﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺰﻭﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 273‬ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ؛ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻋـﺮﺍﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻓﻪ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺬ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪22‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﻨﻦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻣﺎﺟـﻪ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ »ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ« ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ /‬ﺑـﺮ »ﺳـﻨﻦ« ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻣﺎﺟـﻪ ‪/‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﻡﺑﻮﺩﻥ »ﺳﻨﻦ« ﺩﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺑﺮ »ﺳﻨﻦ« ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﺳﻨﻦ« ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺷﺸﮕﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻨﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻱ ﺳﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻗﺖ )ﻛﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ( ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿـﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﺎﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮ »ﺳﻨﻦ« ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺷﺮﺡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ »ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ« ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F3‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﺎﻙ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻋـﺎﻱ ﺧﻴـﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻲﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻌﻲ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﺕ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪﴾                ‬‬ ‫]ﻫﻮﺩ‪» .[٨٨ :‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﻗﺼﺪﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﻴﺮ ﻭﻟﺪﺑﻴﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻭﻩ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺒﺤﻲ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣـﻪﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳـﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻓﻀﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ[‬

‫‪» -1‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹰ‪،‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﱡﺮ‪‬ﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺬﱢﻛﹾﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹸﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻔﱡﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﻨﹺﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ – ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ – ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻙ‪" ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬

‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴﺤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﲏ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻃﹶﻠﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻏﹾﺒ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺫﹸﻭﻥﹶ؟ " ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹸﻼﹶﻥﹲ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹸﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪.«‬‬

‫‪» .1‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫)ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ( ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ ]ﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ[ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺴـﺘﺠﻮ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻴﺪ )ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺫﻛﺮ( ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻃـﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ )ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ(‪ .‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ]ﻭﺿﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ[ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪24‬‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴـﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳـﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ )ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊﺷﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ(؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧـﺪ‪) ،‬ﺣـﺎﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊﺷﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ(؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣـﺮﺹﺷـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪) ،‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊﺷﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺑـﻮﺩ(؟ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ! ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪] :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ![ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻨﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥﺷـﺎﻥ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳـﻚ ﺟﻤـﻊ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻨﺸﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺷﻘﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﻫﻤﻨﺸﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ – ﮔﺮﭼـﻪ ﻧﻴـﺖ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﻫـﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ – ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ(«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F4‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﱡﺮ‪‬ﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺬﱢﻛﹾﺮﹺ« ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺳﻴﺎﺣﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻮﻥ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻔﱡﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﻨﹺﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ «...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪» ،«‬ﺑﻬﻢ« ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﻣﻨﻬﻢ« ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻳﻬﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ[‬

‫‪» -2‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﻓﹸﻀ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱢ ﹾﻛﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﻛﹾﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻒ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﻨﹺﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻤﻠﹶﺌﹸﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹸﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ : - ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺟﹺﺌﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠﱢﻠﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﺧﺪﺍ( ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ – ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺍﷲ – ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻭ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺁﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪﴾           ﴿ :‬‬

‫]ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪» .[30 :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ )ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺗﻮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻴﻢ«‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ )ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫)ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﻮﺍﺏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹸﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ «‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺴﻲ‬ ‫)ﻣﺠﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ( ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻗﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﺵ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺴﻲ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻋـﺚ ﺍﺣﻴـﺎﻱ ﺩﻝﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣـﺮﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠـﻢ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪26‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﲑ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﲑ‪‬ﻭﱐ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥﹲ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄﱠﺎﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» .2‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭ ﺗﻌـﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ )ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠـﺎﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺠﻠﺴﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ]ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣـﻲﭘﻮﺷـﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫)ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ(‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ]ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ[ ﺍﻫـﻞ ﻣﺠﻠـﺲ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻣـﻲﭘﺮﺳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻴﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴـﺒﻴﺢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ ﻃﻠـﺐ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﻧـﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺍ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ]ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊﺷﺎﻥ[ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺑـﻮﺩ؟‬ ‫]ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ؟[ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ ﭘﻨـﺎﻩ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺸـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺸﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺸﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ]ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊﺷﺎﻥ[ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺑـﻮﺩ؟ ]ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ ﭼـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ؟[‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺎﻩﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺻﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ]ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻧﺸﺴـﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫‪27‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺴـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺇﻥ ﷲ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﲔ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ[‬

‫‪» -3‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹰ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹸﻀ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹸﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻔﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ‬

‫ﺼﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬ﻤﺠﹺﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺷ‪ ‬ﻲﺀٍ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻄﻠﹸﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻠﹸﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻟﹶﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻃﹶﻠﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪ ‬ﺮﺻ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺫﹸﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺫﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﹶﻟﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳋﹶﻄﱠﺎﺀَ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﺩ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻫ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺲ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» .3‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺳـﻌﻴﺪ ﺧـﺪﺭﻱ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴـﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﻪﻫـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ [:‬ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ]ﻫﻤﻪ[ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﺎ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ‪] .‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ[؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ]ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺳﺘﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻳﺎﺩﺕ ﻣـﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧـﺪ ﭼـﻪ ]ﺣـﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ[؟ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪28‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣـﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ؟ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴـﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪] ،‬ﺣﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ[ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺹﺷﺎﻥ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ]ﺟﻬﻨﻢ[‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ]ﺣﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ[ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫]ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ[ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺻـﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢﻧﺸﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻀﺮﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F5‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ /‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﻱ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ »ﺣﺴﻦ« ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﺪﺵ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻢ )ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻝﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗـﺪﺭﺕ ﺿـﺒﻂ ﺑـﺎﻻﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﺍً ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ »ﺟﺎﻣﻊ« ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺑـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪» :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ« ﻭ »ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ« ﻭ »ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ«؛ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ )ﻃﺒﻖ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﺪ( ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ )ﻃﺒﻖ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﺪ( ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﺮﻳـﺐ ﺑـﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫‪29‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫‪» -4‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺ ‪‬ﺳﺤ‪‬ﺎﻕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹶﻏﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻗﹸﻮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ‬

‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻗﹸﻮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺑﹺﻲ«‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻕ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻏﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪» :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺯﹺﻗﹶﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» .4‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻏﺮّ ﺍﺑﻮﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ )ﺍﻏﺮ ﺍﺑﻮﻣﺴﻠﻢ( ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ب ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔـﺎﻩ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ]ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،«‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻢ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻻﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪] ،«‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ]ﺑﻨﺪﻩ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪] ،«‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ[ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ]ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪] ،«‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺎﻳﺴـﺘﻪﻱ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ]ﺑﻨﺪﻩ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻗﹸﻮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪] ،«‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ( ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪30‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺑـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﺮّ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻴـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺍﺑـﻮﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻏﺮّ ﭼﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ؟ ]ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻏﺮّ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪» [:‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻦ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﻠﻤـﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺮگ‬

‫ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F6‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ[‬

‫‪» -5‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‬

‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪ ‬ﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻝﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻢﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺪﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺎ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﻧ‪ ‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ ﻛﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻜﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ - ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺎ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪!‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪ ‬ﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻝﹺ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺟﻬﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻢﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍ ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺟﺰﹺﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» .5‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ]ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴـﺘﻪﻱ ﻣﻘـﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤـﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻦ ]ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺟـﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ[ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺑـﺮ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷـﻚ ﻭ ﮔﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺵ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺫﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺯﹺﻗﹶﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ «‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﮔﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪31‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﻱ ]ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ[‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ]ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺟـﺰﺍﻱ[ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴـﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺕ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫]ﺟﺰﺍﻱ[ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ – ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﭼﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴـﺘﻪﻱ ﻣﻘـﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤـﺖ ﭘﺎﺩﺷـﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﻭ ﺟـﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪» :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪«‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ«‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ[‬

‫‪» -6‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺜ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ «‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺜ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﷲِ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪ ‬ﻤﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻐﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪ ‬ﱠﻞ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶ ‪‬ﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪ ‬ﻤﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻐﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫﴿‪   ‬‬

‫‪               ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾  ‬‬ ‫‪» .6‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪» :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻐﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪» :«‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻛﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺁﻣﺮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪» :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،«‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻢ‪» :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪32‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،«‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪   ‬‬

‫‪               ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾  ‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻜﻪ( ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺮﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﺭگ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﺯﺵ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺑﻪﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ـﻲ«‪:‬‬

‫»ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺶ« ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F7‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫‪» -7‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻭ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﺹﹺ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﱢﺺ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺱﹺ ﺍﳋﹶﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻖﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻠ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻞﱟ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪ ‬ﻨﻜ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ؟ ﺃﹶﻇﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳊﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﻈﹸﻮﻥﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻇﹸﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻄﹶﺎﻗﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﺯﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﹺﻄﹶﺎﻗﹶﺔﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﻠﱠﺎﺕ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ«‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻪﻱ‬ ‫﴿‪ ﴾...  ‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻧﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ؛ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻛـﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺳـﺠﻮﺩ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ؛ ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻮﻩﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻛﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺳﺠﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ«‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻔﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ »ﺑﺤﻤﺪﻩ«‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺤﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻏﻔﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫‪33‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﻠﱠﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹶﻔﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺒﹺﻄﹶﺎﻗﹶﺔﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹶﻔﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻄﹶﺎﺷ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﻠﱠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺛﹶﻘﹸﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﹺﻄﹶﺎﻗﹶﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹸﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» .7‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺹ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧُﻪ ﻃﻮﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻣﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ )ﻛﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺶ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ( ﻣـﻲﮔﺸـﺎﻳﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ )ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ( ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻲ؟ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻣـﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺒـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ]ﺗﻮ[ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻇﻠﻤﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺧﻴﺮ ]ﻫـﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻇﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻋـﺬﺭﻱ ]ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ[ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﻛﻮﭼـﻚﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﻇﻠﻤـﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ]ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ[‪:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ ﻭ ﺷـﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﻋـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﻇﻠﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻔﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﮔـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻔـﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ]ﻛﻔﻪﻱ[ ﻛﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ]ﻛﻔﻪﻱ[ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ )ﻫـﻴﭻ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ(«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F8‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﻱ »ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ« ﻭ ﺍﺯ »ﺍﻣـﺖ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ «‬ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺆﻣﻦِ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭِ ﺑﻲﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ – ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ – ﻫﻤـﻪﻱ ﮔﻨﺎﻫـﺎﻥ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ ﺷـﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪34‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺟﯽ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ[‬

‫‪ -8‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (7‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ »ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ «‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﻅ‬ ‫]ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ[ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸـﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻇﹸﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪» .«...‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫]ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻲ[ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺖ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴـﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗـﻮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻭ ﭘﺴـﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﺑـﺮ ﺗـﻮ ﻇﻠﻤـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.«...‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ]ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺶ ﺍﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ[‬

‫‪» -9‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻈﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻈﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﻔﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﻔﹶﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻲﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﻔﹶﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» .9‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔـﺎﻩ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﻱ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﻳﺎﺑـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ ]ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ[ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻧﺎﻣـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ]ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺎﻣـﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤـﺎﻟﺶ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺛﺒـﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪:‬‬

‫‪» -10‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻣﺎﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .10‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪]» :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ![ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺳـﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪:‬‬

‫‪» -11‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻍ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻣﻠﹶ ﹾﺄ ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻏ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺄﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﹾ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ(! ﺧﻮﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻭﻧـﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻓﻘﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳـﺨﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻓﻘﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ )ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﺷـﻐﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪36‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﺪ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺼﲇ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ[‬

‫‪» -12‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺱﹺ ﺷ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﱢﻥﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﱢﻥﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .12‬ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋـﺎﻣﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ]ﻛﺎﺭ[ ﭼﻮﭘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻪﻱ ﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺍﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ]ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳـﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ[ ﺍﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﲠﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -13‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺽﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬

‫ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹾﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺ ﹾﻠﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻝﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀَ ﻛﹸﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻛﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹾ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻄﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻘﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻛ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻐﺴِﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﻈﹶﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻏﹾﺰ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺰﹺﻙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻌ‪‬ﺚﹾ ﺟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪ ‬ﺒﻌ‪‬ﺚﹾ ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶﺔﹲ‪ :‬ﺫﹸﻭ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻄﹶﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹾﺴِﻂﹲ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﱠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺫ‪‬ﻱ ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﱢﻒ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫‪37‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔﹶﻰ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺩ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺒﹺﺢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﺨﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺬ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺤ‪‬ﺎﺵ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸ ‪‬ﺮ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻏﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻪ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪ ‬ﻖ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ .13‬ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻣ‪‬ﺠﺎﺷﻌﻲ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺒـﻪﻫـﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫]ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ[ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻥ! ]ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ[ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﻫﻢ؛ ]ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪[:‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ]ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ[ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪] ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ[ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻄﺮﺗﻲ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﻦﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣـﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣـﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻧـﺎﺯﻝ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺮﺏ – ﺟﺰ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺎﻗﻲﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ]ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ[ – ﺧﺸـﻢ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ ﻭ ]ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ[‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪] :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ![ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﺯﻣﺎﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺗـﻮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧـﻮﺍﺏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻮﺯﺍﻧﻢ )ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻋـﻮﺕ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ(‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺗﻜﻪ ﻧﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪] :‬ﭘﺲ[ ﺗﻮ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺁﻣـﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﺖ[ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﺸﻜﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ]ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ[ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛـﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻔﺮﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧـﺖ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﻛﻦ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﮔـﺮﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻫـﻞ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻓـﺮﺩ ﻣﻬﺮﺑـﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻓـﺮﺩ ﭘﺎﻛـﺪﺍﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪38‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻴﺎﻟﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﭘﻨﺞ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﺿـﻌﻴﻔﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ]ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻨﺒﻠـﻲ ﻭ ﺑـﻲﻏﻴﺮﺗـﻲ[‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻼﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﺋﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺧـﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻜﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺨﻞ ﻳـﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ]ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ[ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] :‬ﭘﻨﺠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻼﻕِ ﺑﺪ ﺩﻫﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F9‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻧﺤﻠﺘﻪ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻝﹲ« ﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﻡﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻘﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀَ«‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﻠ‪‬ﻢ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ؛ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﺣﻨﻔﺎء« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﺣﻨﻔﺎء«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ «‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ]ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ[ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﻓﺎﺟﺘﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻏﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ »ﻓﺎﺟﺘﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ« ﺻﺤﻴﺢﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﺎﺟﺘﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻜﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ »ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺎﻟﻮﻫﻢ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻦﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫‪39‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻮﻏﺴﺎﻥ ]ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ[ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺨﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -14‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (13‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻲ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﻋﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻦ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫»ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺖ« ﺩﺭ‪» :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻘﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻀﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺜﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺣﻖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗـﺪﻡ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ «‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺜﺖ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ؛ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﺶ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻭﺭﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺴِﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ« ﺩﺭ »ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻛ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ »ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻈﹶﺎﻥﹶ« ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ «‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ -1 :‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺎﺭﻭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ -2 .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ -3 .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺒﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻝﹲ« »ﻫﺮ ﻣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔـﺎﻭﺕ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﻄﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ «‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺐ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ« ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌـﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -15‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (13‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴـﻴﻦ ﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻳﺚ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣ‪‬ﻄﺮﱢﻑ ﺑﻦ ﻃﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺘـﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻤﺎﺭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺒﻪﮔﻔـﺘﻦ ﺑﻠﻨـﺪ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ« ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣـﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻓـﺰﻭﺩ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺒﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪» «‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻭﺣـﻲ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﻓﺨﺮﻓﺮﻭﺷـﻲ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺠـﺎﻭﺯ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻲﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﻲ[ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ« ﻭ ﺩﺭ ]ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪﻱ[ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺶ ﮔﻔﺖ‪] :‬ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» [:‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ« »ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﻧﻴﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ]ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺳـﺮﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ[ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ]ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ[ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻣـﻲﺟﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺩﻡﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ) ‪ (1‬ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩ ]ﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ[ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻃـﺮﺍﻑ‬ ‫‪F10‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻪﻱ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ]ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ[ ﺟﺰ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺑﭽﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭﺵ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻧﻪ »ﻣﻄﺮﻑ« ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﭽﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺛﻴﺔ[ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻻ ﺗﺴﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ[‬

‫‪» -16‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫ‪‬ﻳﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻗﹶﻠﱢﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .16‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ( ]ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪] ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ[ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷـﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﮔـﺮﺩﺵ ﺩﺭﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ )ﺣـﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺿـﺎﻉ ﺯﻣﺎﻧـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﻢ(«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F1‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﻳﺆﺫﻳﻨﯽ‪ «...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ )ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ( ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻢ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺑـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ]ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ[‪.‬‬

‫»ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺛﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗـﻮﻉ ﻣـﻲﭘﻴﻮﻧـﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺛﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﮔـﺰ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﺗـﺄﺛﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫»ﺃﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪﻩﻱ ﺗﻤـﺎﻣﻲ ﺣـﻮﺍﺩﺛﻲ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺗﻔـﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ؛ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﻱﻫﺎﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘـﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﺰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ؛ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻋـﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘـﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪42‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾    ﴿] :‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻷﺩﺏ[‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ[‬

‫‪» -17‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .17‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ( ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪] ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻧﻲ[ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪» -18‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫ‪‬ﻳﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻗﹶﻠﱢﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» .18‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪] ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ[ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻧـﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺑـﺎﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧـﻪ! )ﻳـﺎ ﭼـﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺴﻲ!(‪] .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ[ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ[‬

‫‪» -19‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﱠﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺬ‪‬ﻳﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻱ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹸﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧﹺﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ ﻗﺴـﻄﻼﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫‪43‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﳋﹶﻠﹾﻖﹺ ﺑﹺﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻱ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹸﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷَﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻔﹾﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ -19‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ( ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻨـﺪ؛ ﺍﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ ]ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ[‪] :‬ﺧـﺪﺍ[ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺯﻧـﺪﻩ ﻧﻤـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‬ ‫)ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻥﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻳﻜﺴـﺎﻧﻨﺪ(‪ .‬ﺍﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ[‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻤﺘﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﻨﮓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻬﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ(«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F12‬‬

‫ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫‪» -20‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪ ‬ﻲ ﺭﹺﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺬ‪‬ﻳﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻱ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺃﹾﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻔﹸﺆ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» -1‬ﮐﺬﺑﻨﯽ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ« ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ «...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﺎً ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﺳﺎﻥﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﺑﺎﺵ«‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫»ﺇﲣﺬ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﺪﺍﹰ« ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻘـﺺ ﺑـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻜﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩﻱ ﻧﻜﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺪ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﺮﺏ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﺻ‪‬ـﻤ‪‬ﺪ« ﻣـﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧـﺪ؛ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻋﺒـﺎﺱ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺪ« ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻏﺰﺍﻟﻲ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ »ﻓﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ« ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﺣﺪ« ﺫﺍﺕ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ »ﺍﻟﺼـﻤﺪ«‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺭﺳـﺎﻧﺪ‪» .‬ﻟـﻢ ﻳﻠـﺪ ﻭ‪ «...‬ﺍﺯ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻧﻔـﻲ ﺻـﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪44‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ .20‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻧـﺪﻩ ﻧﻤـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻣﺶ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻤﺪ )ﺑﻲﻧﻴـﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪﻩﻱ ﺍﻣﻴـﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻃـﺮﻑﻛﻨﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ( ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻱ ﺯﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺯﺍﺩﻩﺷﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻤﺘﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕـﻮﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ[‬

‫‪» -21‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﱠﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻨﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺬ‪‬ﻳﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹸﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺃﹾﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖﹺ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹸﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻔﹸﻮ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .21‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ( ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺒﺶ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ[‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻴـﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﻠـﻖ ﻭ ﺁﻓـﺮﻳﻨﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺳـﺨﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ[‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻳﻜﺘﺎ ﻭ ﺻﻤﺪ )ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ( ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻱ ﺯﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻤﺘﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻮﻧﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪» :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾     ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -22‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹸﻬ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺖ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﺼ‪ ‬ﺒﺢﹺ ﺑﹺﺎﳊﹸﺪ‪‬ﻳﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺛﹾﺮﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ﹾﻗﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻄ‪ ‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻔﹶ ‪‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻜﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻛﹶﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻄ‪ ‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺀِ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺐﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .22‬ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺟﻬﻨﻲ ‪ ‬ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺻـﺒﺤﮕﺎﻩ ﻳـﻚ ﺷـﺐ ﺑـﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺭﻭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ؟ ﻳـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻣـﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺷﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F13‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟« ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ؟« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،«‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﻛﺎﻓﺮ« ﻳﺎ ﻛﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻙ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ /‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎء )ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ( ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻝﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫‪46‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪[﴾    ﴿] :‬‬ ‫‪» -23‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺻﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ «‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ .23‬ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺟﻬﻨﻲ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑـﺮ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻧـﺎﺯﻝ ﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪» ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎﺀ[‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻗﺤﻄﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺛﺮﻳﺎ – ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ! ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺛﺮﻳﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺭﺩ )ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ(؛ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻛﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .﴾   ﴿ :‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﻭ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪) ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ «‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻛﻔﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ )ﺁﺏ( ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫‪47‬‬

‫‪ -24‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (22‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺩﺭ »ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ« ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺴـﻘﺎء[‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ »ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ« ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ[‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ؛ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺟﻬﻨﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣـﺬﻛﻮﺭ‬ ‫)ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (22‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﺼـﺮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬ ‫‪» -25‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ " ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﻜﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻛﹶﺐﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .25‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ؛ ]ﻣﺜﻼً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺳـﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﳉﻬﻨﯽ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -26‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺯ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﻌ‪ ‬ﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻨ‪ ‬ﻮﺀِ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻴ‪‬ﺎﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺀِ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻛﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺐﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .26‬ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺟﻬﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺸﺐ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﻧﻤـﻲﺑﺨﺸـﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ؛ ]ﻣـﺜﻼً ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺎﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷـﺪ ﺑـﺮ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳـﺒﺐ ﺑـﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻧـﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪48‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ]ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ‪ ...‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ[ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻓـﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ]ﻧﺴﺒﺖ[ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺳﺘﻢﻛﺎﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪[﴾    ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -27‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻇﹾﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .27‬ﺍﺑﻮﺯﺭﻋﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺳﺘﻢﻛـﺎﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠـﻮﻗﻲ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ؟ ]ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ[‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﺫﺭﻩﻱ ﻳـﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F14‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻧﻘﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ[‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻇﻠﻢ‪ «...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴﻲ ﻇﺎﻟﻢﺗـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻗﺼـﺪ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﺨﻠـﻮﻗﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﺨﻠـﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗـﺎﺕ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤـﺎﻡ ﻭﺟـﻮﻩ ﺑﻜﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺷـﺎﺭﻩ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ »ﺃﻇﻠﻢ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻇﺎﻟﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻗـﺪﺍﻡ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺴﻲ ]ﻣﺜﻼً‪ [:‬ﺑﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺑـﻪ ﺗﺼـﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻗﺒﺎﺣﺖ ﻛﻔـﺮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺎﻳﺮ ﻛـﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪49‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫‪» -28‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺯ‪ ‬ﺭﻋ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻼﹶﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪) :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ(‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻇﹾﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﺓﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺘ‪ ‬ﻮﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ! ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﳊ‪‬ﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .28‬ﺍﺑﻮﺯﺭﻋﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺰﻟـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨـﻪ ﺷـﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺎﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺳـﺘﻢﻛـﺎﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠـﻮﻗﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ؟ ﭘﺲ ]ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ[ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ]ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ[ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺁﺑـﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﺎ ﺯﻳـﺮ ﺑﻐﻠـﺶ ﺷﺴـﺖ؛ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ )ﺷﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻐﻞ( ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ؟‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ]ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ[ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ[ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -29‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺃﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻇﻠﻢ ﳑﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﳜﻠﻖ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻛﺨﻠﻘﻲ؟ ﻓﻠﻴﺨﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﺫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﺷﻌﲑﺓ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .29‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺶ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺯﺭﻋﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺯﺭﻋﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﺮﻭﺍﻥ ]ﺑﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ[ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ؛ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻱ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻢﻛﺎﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ؟ ]ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺟﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨﺪ«) ‪.(1 ) - (1‬‬ ‫‪F15‬‬

‫‪F16‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﺣﺒﺔ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﻌﻴﺮﺓ« ﻳـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺎﺏ ﻋﻄـﻒ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺒـﻲ ﻧـﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺬﻳﺐﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑـﺎ ﻃﻠـﺐ ﺁﻓـﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻲﺟﺎﻥ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ »ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ«‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼـﻮﺹ ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﻛـﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻃﻠﺤﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﮓ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪-‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻫﻤﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ؛ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻧﻘﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺏ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗﺼـﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪﻩﺍﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪل ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻳـﻚ ﺳـﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺖ‪ .‬ﭘـﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﭽﻪﻱ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻢ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـﺬﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ«‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﻩﺷـﺪﻩ ﻳـﻚ ﻳـﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺑـﺎﻟﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻩ‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺻـﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ )ﭼﻬـﺮﻩﻱ ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ( ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﺪﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﻤـﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ −‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳـﮓ ﻳـﺎ ﺗﺼـﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻈـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧـﻪ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫‪51‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﭼﻬـﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‪...‬‬

‫‪ −‬ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﮓﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﺟـﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﻧﮕﻬـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﻫـﺪﻑ ﺷـﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳـﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﮓﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ −‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷـﺮﻁ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ«؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻨـﺎﻫﻲ ﺁﺷـﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﻣـﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ −‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﺰﻭ ﻛﺒﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ( ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ −‬ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﺍﻫﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻘﻒ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﭘﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼـﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﺼـﺐﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﺪﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ«؛ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺣـﻼﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﻫـﺪﻓﻲ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﺩ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫»ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ«‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸـﻴﺪﻥ ﺗﺼـﻮﻳﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻧﻘﺎﺷـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺣﻜﻤـﻲ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻊﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻱِ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫‪52‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻇﹾﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ« ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﳌﺼﻮﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻀﺎﻫﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ« ﭘﺲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﺎً ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﺗﺎً ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗﺼـﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜـﺎﻥﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺳـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺷﺮّ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺗﺼـﺎﻭﻳﺮﻱ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺳﻮﺳﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻫـﻢ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ«؛ ]ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﺖ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻲﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻗﻠﻤـﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴـﺪ[؛‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼً ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺎﺭ( ﻧﻘﺎﺷـﻲ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷـﻜﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﺷـﻲﻫـﺎ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻈـﻴﻢ ﺑـﻪ ﺣـﺪ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻋﻜﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻮﻙ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺳﻮﺳﺎﻥِ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫـﺪﻑ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮّﺷﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻀﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻔﻊﺷـﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺣﺬﺭﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﺭﺷﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻋﻠـﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺒﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺟﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺗﻌﻈـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ‪ /‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺗﺼـﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﭼﺸﻤﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻳـﺎ ﺍﻣـﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﻣـﻲ‬

‫‪53‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ؟ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻮﺳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ[‬

‫‪» -30‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﷲُ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲَ؟«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .30‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪)» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ!( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ]ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ[ﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ ﻃـﻮﺭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ؟ ]ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ[ ﺗﺎ ]ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ[ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F17‬‬

‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺷﻬﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻓـﻴﻠﻢﻫـﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳـﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺁﻣـﻮﺯﺵ ﻧﺎﻫﻨﺠـﺎﺭﻱﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤـﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺯﻧﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺒﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺑﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺑﻪ ﺩﻝﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳـﺪ؟ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ؛ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻭﺳﻮﺳـﻪ )ﻓﻜﺮﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺫﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ( ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ‬

‫‪54‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ -31‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ [30‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ﺑـﻪ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳـﺤﺎﻕ ﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺩﻭﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺳـﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» -32‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ؟ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ‪ :‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﷲِ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .32‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ]ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ[ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ]ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﷲ« ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺭﺳـﻮﻟﻪ«؛ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷـﺪﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺷـﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺮﺡﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟـﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﻘـﺎﺩ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸـﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﻛﻤـﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺤـﺮﻑﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩﻛﺮﺩﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺄﻳﻮﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺯﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤـﺾ ﺍﻳﺠـﺎﺩ ﻭﺳﻮﺳـﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻜﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ؛ ﺁﻥ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻬﻪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺸـﺄﺕ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺳـﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻴـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺳـﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻜـﺮ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻄـﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻃـﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪55‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫]ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ[ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﭼـﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪﻩ؟ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﺶ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻡ ]ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ[«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -33‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥﹸ‬

‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﹾ ﺑﹺﺎﷲِ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹾﻴ‪ ‬ﻨﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .33‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺷـﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﺮﺍﻍ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ]ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻓﻼﻥ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﭼﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ؟ ]ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ[ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ]ﺑﻨﺪﻩ[ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﭘﻨـﺎﻩ ﺑﺒـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗﻔـﺎﻭﺕ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻟﻔﻆ »ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ« ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺨﺸﻢ؟‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺍﻟﻨﻬﯽ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ[‬

‫‪» -34‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺏﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﷲِ ﻟﹶﺎ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻔﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﱠﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻔﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻔﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻄﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .34‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺪﺏ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺷـﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤـﻲﺑﺨﺸـﻢ‪] ،‬ﺍﻱ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪56‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﻱ![ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤـﺎﻝ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺎﺑﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ«‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F18‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻷﺩﺏ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻲ[‬

‫‪» -35‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻌﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻥ‪‬‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻧﹺﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﹾﺂﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻧ‪‬ﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻗﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﱢﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ )ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪(‬‬ ‫ﺠﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻨﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻨﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻗﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍ؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺬﹾﻧﹺﺐﹺ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﺂﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .35‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﺳـﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺩﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ]ﻣﺮﺗﺐ[ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺷـﺪ )ﺍﻫـﻞ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻮﺷﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺑﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ]ﻭ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻛﻦ؛ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻱ؟ ]ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﺎﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ[ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﺧﺪﺍ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺧﺪﺍ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻧﻤـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ؛‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ )ﻓﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ( ﻭ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴـﺎﻥ ﮔـﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻧـﺪ؛‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺑﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ]ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ[ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ؟ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻨﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺴـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻨﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﻧـﻮﻭﻱ ﺑـﺮ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪57‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ؟ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜـﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑـﺮﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﺍﺳـﻄﻪﻱ ﺭﺣﻤـﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻮ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F19‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﻗـﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻓـﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫)ﻓﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻧﮕـﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻇﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺷـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪] .‬ﻧﻜﺘﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺑﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺪ[‪.‬‬

‫»ﺧﻠﲏ ﻭﺭﰊ« ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺻﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﺨﺸـﺶ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻋﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﻜﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜـﺎﺭﺵ ﺻـﺎﺩﺭ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ«؟!‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺰﻡ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺣﺎﺻـﻞ ﻭ ﻓـﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﺨﺸـﺶ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺍﻣﻴـﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ« ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ«‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ«‬

‫‪» -36‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﹺﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻛﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪‬‬

‫ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻛﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .36‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻱﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ]ﺟﺰﺍﻱ[ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑـﺪﻱ ﺑﻜﻨـﺪ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻗﺼـﺪ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫‪» -37‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺟﻠ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺎﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻓﹶﺎﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻣﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺿ‪ ‬ﻌﻒ‪.«‬‬

‫ﺿﻌ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺜ‪ ‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹺ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪» :‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬

‫‪60‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ .37‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ]ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺶ ﻣﻨﺼـﺮﻑ ﺷـﺪ( ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ( ]ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪ ...‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ[‬

‫‪» -38‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺸﺮ‪‬ﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .38‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫]ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ[ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴـﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪] .‬ﺍﻣﺎ[ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻩ ]ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ[ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -39‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪ ‬ﺒﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .39‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬

‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫‪61‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ )ﺣﺴﻨﻪ( ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ )ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻧﻴـﻚ(؛ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻩ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ)ﺣﺴﻨﻪ( ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ )ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﳘﲔ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﲔ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -40‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹾ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻏﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹰ – ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ – ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻗﹸﺒ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻱ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .40‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ]ﺑﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳـﺪ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ]ﺟﺰﺍﻱ[ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎ ﺯﻣـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ]ﺟﺰﺍﻱ[ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ]ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥ ]ﻗﺼﺪ[ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑـﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣـﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴـﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻥ )ﻓﻼﻥ( ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺕ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﺪ – ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺁﮔـﺎﻩﺗـﺮ ]ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ[ ﺍﺳـﺖ – ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩ‪] ،‬ﺟﺰﺍﻱ[ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺗـﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -41‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻞﱡ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺿ‪ ‬ﻌﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺍﷲَ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .41‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻜﻮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ )ﺍﺳﻼﻣﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺋﺒﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫‪62‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ]ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ[ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻨـﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ]ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ[ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﲔ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -42‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﹺﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻛﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺿﻌ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻛﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫»ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧ‪‬ﺮﻯ‪ :‬ﺃﻭ ﳏﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺎﻟﻚ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .42‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻱﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ]ﺟﺰﺍﻱ[ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺑﻜﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻚ)ﺣﺴﻨﻪ( ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺼـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻳﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ )ﮔﻨﺎﻩ( ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺟـﺮﺃﺕ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ[‬

‫‪» -43‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﻖ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫‪63‬‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺗ‪ ‬ﹾﻜﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻤ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪) .«﴾     ﴿ :‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪» .(160 :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .43‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺣﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ]ﺟﺰﺍﻱ[ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪] ،‬ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ[ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩ – ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺩ – ]ﺟﺰﺍﻱ[ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ«؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪] ﴾     ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪» [١٦٠ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ[‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ ‪ ‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -44‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻠﻪ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﺠﺰﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﲏ ﺷﱪﺍ ﺗﻘﺮﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﲏ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺎﱐ ﳝﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻴﺘﻪ ﻫﺮﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻴﲏ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﰊ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻪ ﲟﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺓ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .44‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺰﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ]ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ[ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺟﺐ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ) ‪ (1‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ‬ ‫‪F20‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺁﺭﻧﺞ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪64‬‬

‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻉ) ‪ (1‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻩﺭﻓﺘﻦ )ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫‪F21‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻳﺪﻥ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ )ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ ﺷـﺮﻙ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ«) ‪.(2‬‬ ‫‪F2‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺯﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺼـﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻴـﺪﻩﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺤﻈـﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ »ﻫﻢ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ »ﻫـﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻋـﺰﻡ« ﻓـﺮﻕ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﺼﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ »ﻫﻢ‪ «‬ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫»ﻋﺰﻡ« ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻇـﺎﻫﺮ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺳـﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻋﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺆﺍﺧﺬﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩﻱ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗﺼـﻤﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﻌـﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺍﺻـﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺼـﻤﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺼـﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﻨﻪﺍﻱ – ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ – ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻗﺼﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ؟ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«؛ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺆﺍﺧﺬﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫‪65‬‬

‫﴿‪] ﴾              ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪[19:‬‬

‫»ﺑﻲﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻳﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻨﺠﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺩﻧﺎﻛﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ«‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪     ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪] ﴾    ‬ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮﺍﺕ‪» [12 :‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﭙﺮﻫﻴﺰﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺤـﺮﻳﻢ ﺣﺴـﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴـﺮ ﻣﺴـﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ – ﻛﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ – ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛‬ ‫]ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪﻱ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﺰﻡ )ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ( ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘـﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺴﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗـﺮﻛﺶ ﺗـﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ »ﻫﻢ‪ «‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻤـﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋـﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟـﺐ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻦ ﺣﺴـﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺷﺶ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻮﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻃﺤﺎﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥِ ﻣـﺄﻣﻮﺭِ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻦِ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻫـﻢ ﻣـﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴـﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﻣﺤﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ« )ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (42‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪] ﴾   ﴿ :‬ﻫﻮﺩ‪» [114 :‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻧﻴﻜﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻱﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ«‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪      ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪] ﴾     ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎء‪» [31 :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﭙﺮﻫﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﻬﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﻩﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺯﺩﺍﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ«‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﻇﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪[﴾  ﴿] :‬‬ ‫‪» -45‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺈﹴ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺈﹴ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪ ‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺔﹰ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .45‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻩﺭﻓﺘﻦ )ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻳﺪﻥ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻭ‪[...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -46‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺫﻛﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (54‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺ ﹾﻥ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺈﹴ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺈﹴ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ «‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺈﹴ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺈﹴ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪» «‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺩ‬

‫‪68‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -47‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛـﺮ ﻧﺸـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎ« »ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳـﻚ ﺑـﺎﻉ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺳﻮﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -48‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉﹴ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠ ‪‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﺎﻉﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﺎﻉﹴ ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺳﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .48‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺭﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑـﺎﻉ ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﺮﻑ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻉ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻳﻊﺗﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ( ﺍﺯ ﻭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺑﺎﷲ[‬

‫‪» -49‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .49‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﺪﻡ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -50‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﻇﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ‬

‫‪69‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺄ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺄ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺍﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﺍﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺍﻗﹾ‪‬ﺘﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻗﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻤﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺔﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .50‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﭘـﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻨـﺰﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﮔﻤـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﺑـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻳـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌـﻲ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤـﻊ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻳـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻩﺭﻓﺘﻦ )ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻳﺪﻥ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ[‬

‫‪» -51‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .51‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺐﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺣﺮﻛـﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ[‬

‫‪» -52‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﺪ ﻇﹶﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺈﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺫﹶﻛﹶ ‪‬ﺮﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺈﹴ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥ‪ ‬ﺍ ﹾﻗﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍ ﹾﻗﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺔﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .52‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﭘـﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻨـﺰﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﮔﻤـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﺑـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻳـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪70‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻳـﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻩ ﺭﺍﻩﺭﻓﺘﻦ )ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻳﺪﻥ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F23‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﰊ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑـﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘـﺪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺮگ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻴـﻚ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻘـﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻫـﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﮔﻤـﺎﻥ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻳﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻧﺎ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺄﺱ ﻭ ﻧﺎ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟﺰﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫـﺎﻥ ﻛﺒﻴـﺮﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻦ ﻭ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺑﻤﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﻣﺸـﻤﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺟﻬـﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳـﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﮐﺮﱐ« ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻴﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺖ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﮐﺮﻧﯽ‪ «...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪» ،‬ﺫﮐﺮﺗﻪ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﻇﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ‬

‫‪71‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﰲ ﻣﻸ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ«‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭ ﺷﻬﺪﺍء ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻄﺎﻱ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠـﻒ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﺷـﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺎﺏ ﻣﺸـﺎﻛﻠﻪ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺑـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺟـﺎﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻖ ﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﯼ ﰊ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺟﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻔﻮ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ« ﻏﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﻴﺐ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻱ‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻧﺪ؛ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭگﺗﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪] ﴾   ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪» [16 :‬ﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ« ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﻣﻸ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ« ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﻦ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗﻘـﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ[‬

‫‪» -53‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﹶ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹸﺫﹸﻥﹲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪.«﴾        ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪ .53‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﺸـﻤﻲ ]ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﻧﺪﻳـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻫـﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ[ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻴﺪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ[ ﻗﺮﺍﺋـﺖ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪   ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾    ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ‪» [١٧ :‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ )ﻣﺆﻣﻨـﺎﻥ( ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻪﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ( ﭼـﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣـﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ[‬

‫‪» -54‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺫﹸﻥﹲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪.«﴾        ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪ .54‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ]ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﻧﺪﻳـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻗﻠـﺐ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴـﻲ ﺧﻄـﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪74‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳـﻪ ﺭﺍ[ ﻗﺮﺍﺋـﺖ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ‪] ﴾        ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﺴـﺠﺪﺓ‪» [١٧ :‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ )ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣﺎﻳـﻪﻱ ﻧـﻮﺭ ﭼﺸـﻢ ﺍﺳـﺖ )ﺑـﻪ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ( ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -55‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﺪ‪ ‬ﺩﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹸﺫﹸﻥﹲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺫﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹾﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻃﹾﻠ‪ ‬ﻌﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪            ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾‬‬ ‫‪ .55‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﺸـﻤﻲ‬ ‫]ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ[ ﻧﺸـﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻗﻠـﺐ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ(؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋـﺖ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪] ﴾             ‬ﺍﻟﺴـــﺠﺪﺓ‪» [١٧ :‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ )ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻪﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -56‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﺫﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻃﹾﻠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ـﻪ‪ «‬ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻠﹶﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪» «‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ]ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ[ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (54‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪75‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪» :‬ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ«‬

‫‪» -57‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﺪ‪ ‬ﺩﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺫﹸﻥﹲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻕ‪‬‬ ‫ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻛ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﷲِ‪.«﴾             ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪ .57‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ]ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﺴﺖ ]ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ[‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪ ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾           ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ‪» [١٧ :‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ )ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻪﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -58‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹴ« ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺫﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻠﹶﻌ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪] «‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ[‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -59‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺫﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻠﹶﻌ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪.«﴾        ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪]» .59‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ[ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺧﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴـﺮﻩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋــﺖ ﻛــﺮﺩ‪] ﴾        ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﺴــﺠﺪﺓ‪» [١٧ :‬ﻭ ﻫــﻴﭽﻜﺲ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ )ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻪﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ( ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﲔ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ...» -60‬ﺛﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺍ ﹾﻗﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪       ‬‬

‫‪                ‬‬

‫‪) .«﴾‬ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ‪۱٦ :‬ـ ‪.(۱۷‬‬ ‫‪ ...» .60‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‪)» :‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻـﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺆﻣﻨـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﺐ(‬ ‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎ )ﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ( ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧـﺪ( ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪ *‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ )ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻪﻱ ﻧـﻮﺭ ﭼﺸـﻢ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ««‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ[‬

‫‪» -61‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺫﹸﻥﹲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ﴾             ﴿ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺴِﲑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﻛ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻇ‪‬ﻠﱢﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ﴾  ﴿ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻁ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪     ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾         ‬‬ ‫‪ .61‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ]ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ[ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪   ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾         ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ‪» [١٧ :‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ )ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻪﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪77‬‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺍﺵ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪] ﴾  ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪» [٣٠‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ]ﺧﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ[«‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎﺯﻳﺎﻧﻪ )ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻲ( ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ]ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪     ‬‬

‫‪) ﴾         ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪» .(185 :‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎً ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺟﺰ ﻣﺘﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ )ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ( ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ««‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ[‬

‫‪» -62‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﺪ‪ ‬ﺩﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺫﹸﻥﹲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪) :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻠﹶﻌ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،(‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪      ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾      ‬‬ ‫‪ .62‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ]ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﻧﺪﻳـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ[ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻗﻠـﺐ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴـﻲ ﺧﻄـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺁﻳـﻪ ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪] ﴾             ‬ﺍﻟﺴـــﺠﺪﺓ‪» [١٧ :‬ﻭ‬

‫‪78‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ )ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻪﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ««‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ[‬

‫‪» -63‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫ﺐ ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻐﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ﹾﻏﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .63‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺛﻠـﺚ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ[ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺶ ﺩﻫﻢ؟ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺒـﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺒﺨﺸـﻢ ]ﻫـﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﺪ[؟ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ]ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ[ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ«؟‬ ‫‪ -64‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ« ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‬

‫]﴿‪) [﴾    ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪» .(15 :‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭﻋﺪﻩﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ«‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻞ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (62‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ »ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ« ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ )ﺷﲈﺭﻩی ‪ (٦٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -65‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (62‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ« ﻟﻔﻆ »ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ« ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪80‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪» -66‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻠﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻲ ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ‬

‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹸ ‪‬ﻋﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻲﺀَ ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .66‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺐ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺐ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﻦ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ؟ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ )ﻃﻠـﺐ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻪﺍﻱ(‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ[ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻛﻨﻢ؟ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺨﺸـﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ؟ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺠﺮ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺳﻮﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -67‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻰ ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺜﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶـﻰ؟‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻉﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺠﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» .67‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻋﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ]ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -68‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﺮﹺﺽ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﱘﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻇﹶﻠﹸﻮﻡﹴ؟«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» .68‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ؟ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬

‫‪81‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ[ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻛﻨﻢ؟ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ]ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ[ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺽ ﺩﻫﺪ«؟‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -69‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (67‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻂﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ‪ -‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﺮﹺﺽ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻇﹶﻠﹸﻮﻡﹴ« »ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﺎﻳﺪ( ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ]ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ[ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ )ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﻲ( ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺽ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ؟«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F24‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺸﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -70‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬﹺﻞﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮﹴ؟ ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐﹴ؟ ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹴ؟ ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻉﹴ؟ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺠﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .70‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺐ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻫﺴـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺩ[؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻋﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ(؟ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺠﺮ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ[‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺽﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﻪ )ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ 68‬ﻭ ‪ (69‬ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤـﺎﻝ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺪﻗﻪﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺽﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻟﻄﻒ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺸـﻮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﻳﺒﺴﻂ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ« )ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ‪ (69‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪82‬‬

‫‪ -71‬ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ[ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ‬ ‫‪ (63‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻪ[ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺰ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﺀ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ[ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ﹼﺏ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﹼ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ«‬

‫‪» -72‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻲ ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻷَﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹸ ‪‬ﻋﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻲﺀَ ﺍﻟﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪» .72‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺐ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺩﻋـﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ؟ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ[‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻛﻨﻢ؟ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸـﻢ؟ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺠﺮ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ(! ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -73‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻮﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ‬

‫ﺖ ﺫﹸﻧ‪‬ﻮﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻮ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏﹺ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬

‫‪83‬‬

‫‪ .73‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻣﻴـﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ )ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳـﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺮﺯﺵ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺮﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ )ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ( ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﻤـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ!‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻢ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F25‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺐ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ[‬

‫‪» -74‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻃﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬

‫ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻮﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺏﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﻕ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻗﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠﹰﻰ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻋ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺯﹺ ‪‬‬

‫ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻠﹸﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺎ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻳﺄﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﻓﻜﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤـﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻇﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺎﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭽﻴـﻚ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻏﻔّﺎﺭ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟـﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺭﺟﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤـﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺭﺟﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪84‬‬

‫‪ .74‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺷـﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﻪﻱ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪] ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﻫﻢ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺩﻣﻨـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺸﻢ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‪...‬؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‪...‬؟ ]ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ[ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺠﺮ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ »ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﺴﺮﻩ« ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ »ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﺴﺮﻩ« ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﺴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺿـﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫) ‪(1‬‬ ‫‪F26‬‬

‫‪] -1‬ﻭ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺁﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬ﻣﺼﺤﺢ([‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7‬ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ[‬

‫‪» -75‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻼﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒﹺ ‪‬ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻼﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .75‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ[‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ )ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻷﺩﺏ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳌﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ[‬ ‫‪ -76‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒـﻞ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ‬ ‫‪ (75‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ«‪» ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ« ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻭﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ[‬ ‫‪ -77‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒـﻞ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ‬ ‫‪ (75‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺟـﺎﻱ »ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪» ،«‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ـﻊ‪ «‬ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪86‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﹰﺍ ﺣﺒﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﯽ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ[‬

‫‪» -78‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .78‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺵ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫]ﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ[ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ]ﻧﻴـﺰ[ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﺍﻫﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ( ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﻔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑـﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﻔـﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﻫـﻞ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷـﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﺍﻫﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ( ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪» ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ«‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺎﺑﲔ ﰲ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫‪» -79‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬ﺪ‪- ،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ : - ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴِﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .79‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔـﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫)ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬

‫‪87‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ؛ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻗﺒـﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺭﺿـﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﺍﻫﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ( ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔـﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷـﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﺭﺩ – ﻣﺎﻟﻚ )ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ (:‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ[‬

‫‪» -80‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬ﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪        ‬‬

‫ﻀﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ،﴾‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﺑﻐ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒ‪ ‬ﻐﻀ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .80‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ[‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺵ«؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ]ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ[ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪      ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾  ‬ﻣﺮﱘ‪» [٩٦ :‬ﺑﻲﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻝﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻜﻨﺪ« ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ[‪» :‬ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪88‬‬

‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ]ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ[ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F27‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻭ؛ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .1 :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ؛ ‪.2‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺗﺶ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8‬ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ )ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻢ( ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ[‬

‫‪» -81‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺁﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﳊﹶ ‪‬ﺮﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻓ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺒﻄ‪‬ﺶ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻤﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻟﹶﺄﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﻧﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺄﹸﻋ‪‬ﻴﺬﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .81‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ )ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻢ( ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺯﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎً ]ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ[‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮّ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌـﺎً ﺍﻭ‬

‫‪90‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣـﺆﻣﻨﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺮگ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﭘﺴﻨﺪﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﭘﺴﻨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻡ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F28‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﻭﻟﻲ« ﺑﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﻓﻌﻴﻞ« ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ« ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﺶ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻧﻜﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﻓﻌﻴـﻞ« ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻌﻨـﺎﻱ »ﻓﺎﻋـﻞ«‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ »ﻭﻟﻲ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺳـﺮﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺼـﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻱ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ »ﻭﻟﻲ« ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺪﺍﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ؛ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻡﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﺣـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﭼﺎﺭﻣﻌﺼﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﻻﻳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻤﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻓﻘﺪ ﺁﺫﻧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﺏ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎً ﻫﻼﻙ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﳑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ« ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﻝ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹸﺆﺍﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ «‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻭ‪ ..‬ﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ«‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻛﻬـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺁﻳـﺎﺕ ﻛﺘـﺎﺑﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺗﻢ ﺧﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺟـﺰ ﻋﺠﺎﻳـﺐ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗـﺎﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻣـﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺷﯽﺀ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﯼ‪ «...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ؛ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮگ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮگ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﺑﻲﻛﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪....‬‬

‫‪91‬‬

‫]ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ...» :‬ﮐﻨﺖ ﲰﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻭ‪ «...‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﺶ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺶ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻳﺶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﺪﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻮﺯﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﯽﺀ ﺇﴎﺍﺋﻴﻞ[‬

‫‪» -82‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻤﺮﹴﻭ ﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬؟‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀً ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀٌ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀٌ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹾﺏ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶ‪‬ﻳﻔﹶﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﺾ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪ ‬ﻴﺮﹴ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﺎﻳﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺟ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻳﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻮﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﳌﹸﻌ‪‬ﺴِﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺼ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻈﹾﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﻄﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺎﻃﹾﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺫﹾﺭ‪‬ﻭﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹴﻭ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺷ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .82‬ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺬﻳﻔـﻪ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ؟ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺟـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺸﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨـﺪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘـﺖ[‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺏ ﺳـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻨـﻚ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺸـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪ )ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻛـﺮﺩ )ﺩﺟـﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺁﻥ ]ﺁﺗـﺶ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ[‬ ‫ﺁﺏ ﮔﻮﺍﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ .‬ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻤﺎ )ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ( ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻢ )ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮ )ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻦ(‪،‬‬

‫‪94‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ [ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ[ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺘﻢ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺬﻳﻔـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﮔﺶ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﺎ ﺍﻣﻴـﺪ ﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﭼـﻮﺏ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺟﻤـﻊ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺸـﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻢ )ﺟﺴﺪﻡ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﺳـﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷـﻮﺩ‬ ‫)ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ )ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻡ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧُﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈـﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ )ﺟﺴﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪﺍﻡ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳـﺪ؛ ﺧـﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ؛ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮔـﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼـﺮﺍ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛـﺮﺩﻱ )ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺕ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ(؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺗﻮ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«‪ .‬ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺵ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻔﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﺯﺩﻳﺪ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F29‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ«‬

‫‪» -83‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ – ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ – ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ‬

‫ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺒﻠﹶﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﺭ‪‬ﻏﹶﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺏﹴ ﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻨﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺏﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺘﻨﻪﻱ ﺩﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺘﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑـﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ – ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺒﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻓﻮﺍﺣﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ؛ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻟﺒـﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸـﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺸـﻜﻞﺗـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪95‬‬

‫‪ .83‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ )ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ( ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ؛ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻀﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ؟ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺘـﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﺭ؛ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ]ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ[ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺴـﻮﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧُﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﺎﻗﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳـﻮﺧﻪﻱ ﺟﺴـﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ(‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎﺩ ﺷـﺪﻳﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻭﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ )ﺑﺎﻗﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﻱ ﺟﺴﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ( ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ]ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﭘـﺪﺭ ﺭﺍ[ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻛﻨﻲ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩ )ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ(«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -84‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ – ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﻭﹴ ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ – ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻌﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﹺﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺟﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻄﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺼ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻈﹾﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺎﻃﹾﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡﹴ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ – ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺡﹴ – ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺸﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .84‬ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺬﻳﻔـﻪ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ؟ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳـﺘﺎﻧﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺮگ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻀﺎﺭ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ )ﺩﻧﻴﺎ( ﻣﺄﻳﻮﺱ ﺷﺪ )ﻳﻘـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻣﻴﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ[‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻣ‪‬ـﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭼـﻮﺏ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﺗﺸﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ]ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ[ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺟﺴـﺪﻡ )ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴـﺪﻡ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﺳـﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧُﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎﺩ ﺑـﻮﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ )ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ]ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ[ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺟﺴـﻤﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪96‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪» -85‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻃﹾﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻳﺢﹺ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﱠﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺘ‪‬ﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ – ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ – »ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .85‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ )ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ(؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻀـﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣـﺮگ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﮔﻔﺖ )ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ(‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺴﻮﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫)ﺟﺴﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺧُﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ ﺑـﺮ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺟﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﺑـﻪ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷـﺖ؟ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﺮﺍ ]ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ[ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ «‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ «‬ﺫﻛـﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪[﴾    ﴿] :‬‬ ‫‪» -86‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬

‫ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﹸﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺫﹾﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪.« ‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪97‬‬

‫‪ .86‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﺮﮔـﺰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻴﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ]ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ[ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻮﺯﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺴـﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳـﺎ ﺭﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ [:‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻋـﺬﺍﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﺭﻳـﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺸـﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ]ﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﻢ[ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ]ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ[ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻧـﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺱ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -87‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻒ‪- ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺒﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ - ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻄﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺏﹴ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺏﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺮ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺰ‪ - ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪ ‬ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺫﹾﺭ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻘﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺫﹾﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬

‫ﻱ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻓﹶﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻼﹶﻓﹶﺎﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻼﹶﻓﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .87‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻴﺎﻥ – ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩ – ﺳـﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪]» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ[‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﮔﺶ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻀـﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﺭ ]ﺷﻤﺎ[‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ]ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ[ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ؛ ]ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ [:‬ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑﺴـﻮﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻜﻮﺑﻴﺪ – ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺧُـﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ – ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﻭﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻫـﺎ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑـﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪98‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﻭﺯﻳﺪ ]ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺴـﺘﺮ[ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨـﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺵ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮ( ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ! ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ – ﻳـﺎ )ﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺗﺮﺱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ – ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻤـﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻐﻔـﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺟـﺰ ﺭﺣﻤـﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻐﻔـﺮﺕ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺮﺳـﻴﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﻣﺸـﻤﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﺪ() ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F30‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -88‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪ ‬ﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﺫﹾﺭ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺤﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﱠﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﻌﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪- ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺩﺭ »ﻳﺒﺘﺌﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺒﺘﺌﺰ« ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺷﻚ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖﻫﺎ »ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺮ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻔﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻘـﺎﺏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺶ ﺣﺘﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (85‬ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﯽ« ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫»ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،«...‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ »ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ« ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﺿﻴﻖ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪] ﴾   ‬ﺍﻟﻄﻼﻕ‪ [7 :‬ﻳﺎ ﴿‪] ﴾    ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‪ [87 :‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪99‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪ .88‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺻـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ )ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻣـﺮگ ﺑـﻪ ﺑـﺎﻟﻴﻨﺶ ﺁﻣـﺪ )ﺑـﻪ ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺴـﻮﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺟﺴﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺧُﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ )ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ(‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ]ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ[ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﻣـﺮﺩ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ[ ﺍﻳﺴـﺘﺎﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ –‬

‫ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺧﻮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ – ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F31‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻤـﺎ ﺍﺧـﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﮔﺮﻭﻫـﻲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺷﻚ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺗﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﺮﺳـﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﻟﺌﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﯽ‪ «...‬ﺩﻭ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ -2 .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﻗﺪﺭ« ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‪] ﴾  ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪ [16 :‬ﻳﺎ ﴿‪] ﴾    ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‪.[87 :‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ »ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ «...‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﻛـﺮﺩﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺆﺍﺧﺬﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺝ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺗﻮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺗﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻚ ﻭ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻣﻴﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪        ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪100‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -89‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺫﹾﺭ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻳﺢﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﻌﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .89‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ]ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ[ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮔﺶ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺴﻮﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ]ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ[ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫‪] ﴾‬ﺳﺒﺄ‪» [24 :‬ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎً ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺿﻼﻟﺖ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ« ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻚ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﮔـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ؛ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺘـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳـﻞ ﺣﻴـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻌـﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳـﻪﻱ ﻧﺨﺴـﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﻋﻔـﻮ ﻛـﺎﻓﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪،‬ﻩ ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮ ﻧﻔـﺲ ﺧـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫]ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪101‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻋـﺬﺍﺏ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ )ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻭ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺣﺎﺿـﺮ ﺍﻳﺴـﺘﺎﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻛﻨﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -90‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶ‪‬ﻳﻔﹶﺔﹶ – ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺒﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴِﻲﺀُ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻃﹾﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺫﹾﺭ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .90‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻮء ﻇﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ )ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧـﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﺮﮔﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻀﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣ‪‬ـﺮﺩﻡ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑﺴـﻮﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﺴﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺨﺸـﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ]ﺭﻭﺣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ[‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪102‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪» -91‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻳﺢﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﱠﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ - ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .91‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ]ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ[ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ )ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ(؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﮔﺶ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷـﺪ‬ ‫)ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔـﺎﻩ ﻣ‪‬ـﺮﺩﻡ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑﺴـﻮﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺟﺴﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺧُﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺮﺍ ﻋـﺬﺍﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴـﺪ ﻣ‪‬ـﺮﺩﻩﺍﺵ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ]ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩ[ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪﺍﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻳﺴـﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ – ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺧـﻮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ – ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -10‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ[‬

‫‪» -92‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹸﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍ ﹾﺫﻫ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ - ،‬ﻓﹶﺰ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻭﻩ‪) ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ - (‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻞﱡ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﺍﳋﹶﻠﹾﻖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﺺ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻵﻥﹶ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .92‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻟﺶ )ﻗﺪﺵ( ﺷﺼـﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑـﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺑﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﺳـﺘﻨﺪ )ﺟﻮﺍﺑـﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺖ ]ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ[ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ؛‬ ‫]ﭘﺲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ )ﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ(‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠـﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺭﺣﻤـﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫)ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑـﺎﺩ(‪] ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﻼﻡ[ – ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿـﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ – ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ )ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ )ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ( ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗـﺎ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺎﺳـﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻥ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ[‬

‫‪» -93‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻃﹸﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱢ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺱ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﺰ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻭﻩ‪) ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ - (‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻞﱡ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﺍﳋﹶﻠﹾﻖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﺺ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻥﹶ«‪.‬‬

‫‪104‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ .93‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ )ﺁﺩﻡ( ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘـﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺑـﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ]ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ؛ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑـﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺑﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳـﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺖ ]ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ[ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺁﺩﻡ ]ﺑـﻪ ﻣﺠﻠـﺲ ﺁﻥ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ )ﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ(‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴـﻼﻡ ﻋﻠـﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺭﺣﻤـﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫)ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑـﺎﺩ(‪] ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﻼﻡ[ – ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿـﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ – ]ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ [:‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷـﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗـﺎ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺎﺳـﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ[‬

‫‪» -94‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻃﹸﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻊ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺰ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻭﻩ‪) ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﷲِ(‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻞﱡ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹸﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﺺ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻥﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .94‬ﻫﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﻧﻘـﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ(؛ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺁﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﺼﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺴـﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﭘـﺲ ﮔـﻮﺵ ﺑـﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﭼـﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑـﺮ ﺗـﻮ ﺩﺭﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺖ ]ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ[ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ؛ ]ﭘـﺲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ )ﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ‪ (،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴـﻼﻡ‬

‫‪105‬‬

‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ )ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑـﺎﺩ(‪] ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﻼﻡ[ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ ﻫـﺮ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﺶ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F32‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻋﻠﯽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ«؛ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪﺷﺪﻥ‬ ‫»ﺻﻮﺭﺓ« ﺑﻪ »ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ« ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ« ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻢﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻲﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺫﺭﻳ‪‬ﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪ ﻧﺨﺴـﺖ ﺧـﺎﻙ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻞ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻞ ﺗﻴﺮﻩﺷﺪﻱ ﮔﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔـﻞ ﺧﺸـﻜﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﺶ ﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻧﻄﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﭘﻮﺷـﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﮔﻮﺷـﺖ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺻـﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻴـﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻬﻮﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ »ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ« ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ )ﺧﺪﺍ( ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ«‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ )ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪﺷﺪﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ( ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪106‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ[‬

‫‪» -95‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻘﹶﻂﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻘﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﻣﻴﻀﺎﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻋﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻴﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻤﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺯﹺﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻤﺮﹺﻱ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹸﻀ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻤﺮ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺊﹶ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺌﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .95‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸـﺘﺶ ﻫﻤـﻪﻱ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨـﺪﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ )ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ(‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻧﺸـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ(؛ ﺁﺩﻡ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﺍﻥ ﺗـﻮ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺖﻫـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ؛ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻋﻤﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺷﺼﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ؛ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺒﺨﺶ )ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻦ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ]ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ[؛ ﺁﺩﻡ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ ﭼﻬـﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻧﺒﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻱ؟ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﻫـﻢ ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ ﺧﻄـﺎ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﺪﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ(«‪.‬‬

‫‪107‬‬

‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -96‬ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻞ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (95‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻟ‪‬ﺂﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﹾﻟﻒ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻛﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔﹰ« »ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺻﺪﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻠ‪‬ﻢﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻄﱠﺎﺏﹺ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪» -97‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫﴿‪               ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾             ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻄﱠﺎﺏﹺ‬ ‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻇﹶ ‪‬ﻬﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺪﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ .97‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺟ‪‬ﻬﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪        ‬‬

‫‪                  ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪» [١٧٢ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ‬

‫ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺰﺍﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ؟ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﻢ؛ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺧﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ«‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺳﺌﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ]ﺍﺵ[ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪108‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ]ﺍﺵ[‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ(؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻣﻴﺮﺩ )ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﻣﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F3‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻫـﻞ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩ ﺻـﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷـﺨﺺ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﻨﻤﻲﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺁﺩﻡﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭﻻً؛ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺒﺮ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣـﻪﻱ ﺟـﺰﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺁﮔـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ؟ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺴﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻳﺎ ﻋـﺬﺍﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﺨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﻨﻮﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻀﺎ ﺣﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﻖ ﻫﻴﻦ!‬ ‫ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻳﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺭ‬

‫ﺩﻭ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍَﻋﻮ‪‬ﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻠﻴﺲ‬

‫ﭼﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺧَﻠَﻖ‬

‫ﺑﻲﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ؟!‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﺻﻨﻢ!‬

‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪‬‬

‫‪109‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑـﻦ ﻳﺴـﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀـﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺠﻬـﻮﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ ]ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ[‬

‫‪» -98‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﹶﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺫﹾﻧﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻻﺀِ ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺈﹴ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺱﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻞﹾ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪:- ‬‬

‫ﻱ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺔﹲ ‪ -‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻄﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ - ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺿﻮ‪‬ﺋ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ - ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪ ‬ﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺯﹺﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪‬‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸ ‪‬ﻫﺒﹺﻂﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﹾﻟﻒ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴِﻲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺴِﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .98‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻄﺴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻥ ﺧـﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﮔﻔﺖ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﺧﺪﺍ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﻥ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ )ﺳﻼﻡ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ«‪ ،‬ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ« ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ[‪.‬‬

‫‪110‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ؛ ]ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴـﻚ ﺍﻟﺴـﻼﻡ ﻭﺭﺣﻤـﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫)ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ(؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺖ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ[ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛـﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨـﺎﺏ ﻛـﻦ؟ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦﻫـﺎ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻤـﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲﺗـﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ – ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩ – ﺁﺩﻡ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﻴﺴـﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﺍﻡ )ﻋﻤﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭘـﺲ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺼـﺖ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤـﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧـﻮﺩﺕ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﺗـﺎ ﻣـﺪﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺮﺩ ]ﺗـﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ[؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻛـﺮﺩﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺷﺼـﺖ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ]ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻜـﺎﺭ ﺁﺩﻡ[ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﻫـﻢ ﺍﻧﻜـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ]ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ[ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪» ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ[‬ ‫‪» -99‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪ ‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻄﱠﺎﺏﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪                 ‬‬

‫‪ ﴾           ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻄﱠﺎﺏﹺ‪:‬‬

‫‪111‬‬

‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻇﹶ ‪‬ﻬﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻫﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻇﹶ ‪‬ﻬﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺪﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .99‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪   ‬‬

‫‪                ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾        ‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪[١٧٢ :‬‬

‫»ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺰﺍﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ؟ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ«‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ‬ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ]ـﺶ[‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ]ـﺶ[ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ(؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻣﻴﺮﺩ )ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ‬

‫‪112‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﻣﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ«‪.‬‬

‫) ‪(1‬‬

‫‪ -11‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ«‬

‫‪F34‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻄﻔﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪» :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ« ﻭ ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ[ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ« ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪[﴾     ﴿] :‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪» -100‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪- ‬‬

‫ﺠﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪ ‬ﹾﻄﻦﹺ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ ‪ -‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻕ‪ :- ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﺔﹰ ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﹶﻥﹸ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﺯ‪‬ﻗﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹸﺦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻻﹶ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬

‫) ‪(2‬‬

‫‪ .100‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺻـﺎﺩﻕ ﻭ ﻣﺼـﺪﻭﻕ‬

‫‪F35‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻬـﻞ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﻞ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ – ﻭ ﻳـﺎ )ﺷـﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﭼﻬـﻞ ﺷـﺐ )ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻄﻔﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ( – ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻘﻪ )ﺧﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ( ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻀﻐﻪ )ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ( ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ]ﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻱ[ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱِ ﺍﻭ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻭﺭﻗﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ 97‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﮕﻮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻕ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺳﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪114‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺟﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﺰ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺍﻫـﻞ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ )ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ(‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺟﺰ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -101‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺕ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ – ‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ« ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‪» :‬ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉﹴ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻦﹺ« ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻉ‪ «‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻘـﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫»ﺍﳉﻨﺔ« ﺑﺮ »ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -102‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬

‫ﺠﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹾﻦﹺ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻕ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺ ‪‬ﺯﻗﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .102‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮِ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻬـﻞ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻜﻢ ﻣـﺎﺩﺭﺵ )ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻄﻔﻪ( ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺪﺕ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻘـﻪ )ﺧـﻮﻥ ﺑﺴـﺘﻪ(‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻀﻐﻪ )ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ( ﺗﺒـﺪﻳﻞ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ]ﻱ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻱ[ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺲ؛‬ ‫ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﺰ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑـﺮ‬

‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫‪115‬‬

‫ﺍﻭ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧـﺎ ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ )ﺟﻬﻨﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺟـﺰ ﺫﺭﺍﻋـﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺍﻫـﻞ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻵﺩﻣﯽ ﻓﯽ ﺑﻄﻦ ﺃﻣﻪ[‬

‫‪» -103‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ )ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ (‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻕ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹾﻦﹺ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹸﺦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶ ‪‬ﺘﺐﹺ ﺭﹺﺯ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺪﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺪﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .103‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮِ ﺻـﺎﺩﻕ ﻭ ﻣﺼـﺪﻭﻕ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻬـﻞ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻄﻔﻪ( ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻘﻪ )ﺧﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ( ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻀـﻐﻪ )ﮔﻮﺷـﺖ ﭘـﺎﺭﻩ(‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ]ﻱ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻱ[ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻲﺩﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﻠﺶ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠـﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ؛ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﻭ ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺍﻫـﻞ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ )ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺟﺰ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ«‪.‬‬

‫‪116‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ -104‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻛﻴﻊ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣﺎﹰ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -105‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣﺎﹰ« ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -106‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ – ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﹶﹾﻟﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ - ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻎﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬

‫ﺴﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪ ‬ﹾﻄﻔﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺜﹶﻰ؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﺯ‪‬ﻗﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮ‪‬ﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .106‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﻏﻔﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﭼﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻄﻔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻣـﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻭ )ﻧﻄﻔـﻪ( ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳﺎ ]ﺍﻳﻦ[ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﺨـﺖ؟ ﭘـﺲ ]ﺧـﻮﺵﺑﺨﺘـﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻲ ﺍﻭ[ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ]ﺁﻳﺎ[ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻥ؟ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ )ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪] .‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ[ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻛـﻢ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ )ﻛﻮﭼـﻚﺗـﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -107‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻜﱢﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹾﻦﹺ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻆﹶ ﺑﹺﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪) ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ (‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶ‪‬ﻳﻔﹶﺔﹸ ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ‬ ‫ﺸﻘﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺑﹺﻐ‪ ‬ﻴﺮﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻄﹾﻔﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹰﺎ‬

‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺜﹶﻰ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﻀ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻠﹾﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﻔﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻨﻘﹸﺺ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫‪117‬‬

‫‪ .107‬ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﺛﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﻭ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﺨﺖ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﭘﻨﺪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻛﻪ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺳـﻴﺪ ﻏﻔـﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻲ؟ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻄﻔﻪﺍﻱ ]ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻌﻘـﺪ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ]ﻱ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻱ[ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻄﻔـﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳﺎ ]ﺍﻳﻦ[ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻥ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘـﺪﺭ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‬ ‫)ﻣﺮﺩﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻥﺑﻮﺩﻥ( ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﺟﻠـﺶ ]ﻛـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ[؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫]ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻄﻔﻪ[ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ]ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ[ ﺍﺿـﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -108‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻋ‪ ‬ﹾﻜﺮﹺﻣ‪‬ﺔﹶ ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﱡﻔﹶﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺﳛ‪‬ﺔﹶ ‪ -‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹶ‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹸﺫﹸﻧ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻄﹾﻔﹶﺔﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻠﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ - ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺯ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴِﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺜﹶﻰ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺜﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻮﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﹺﻱ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﹺﺯ‪‬ﻗﹸﻪ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻪ‪‬؟ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺷ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .108‬ﺍﺑﻮﻃﻔﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻜﺮﻣﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﻏﻔﺎﺭﻱ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﻢ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻧﻄﻔـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺣـﻢ ﭼﻬـﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻄﻔﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ]ﻱ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻱ[ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )ﺷـﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ( – ﺯﻫﻴﺮ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻡ ]ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ – ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻥ؟‬

‫‪118‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺳـﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻳـﺎ ﻏﻴـﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻢ؟ ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺭﺯﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺵ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﺨـﺖ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -109‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪ ‬ﻲ ﺭﹺﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹰﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻛﱠﻠﹰﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺫﹾﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ‬ ‫ﺤﻮ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﺒﹺﻀ‪‬ﻊﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻠﹶﺔﹰ«؛ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻧ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .109‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﺐ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﺣﻢ ﺍﺳـﺖ« ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -110‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﱠﻞﹶ‬

‫ﻱ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻀ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻧ‪‬ﻄﹾﻔﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺜﹶﻰ؟ ﺷ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻕ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹾﻦﹺ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .110‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ )ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﺎ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ـﻢ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ]ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ[ ﻧﻄﻔﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ]ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﻱ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ]ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ[ ﻋﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ]ﭘﺲ ﻧﻄﻔـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﺫﻥ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﻋﻠﻘـﻪ ﺗﺒـﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ[؛ ]ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﻱ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ]ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ[ ﻣﻀـﻐﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛‬ ‫]ﭘﺲ ﻋﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻀﻐﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ[؛ ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓـﺮﻳﻨﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻳـﺎ ﺯﻥ؟‬

‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫‪119‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﺨﺖ؟ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﻠﺶ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟ ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧـﻪ‬

‫]ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ[ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F36‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ« ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨـﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺎﻭﺭﻗﻲ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ 97‬ﺍﺭﺟـﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -12‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻢ )ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ(‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺭﺣﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪) :‬ﻭﺗﻘﻄﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﺭﺣﺎﻣﻜﻢ([‬

‫‪» -111‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹶﻠﹾﻖ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﻘﹾﻮﹺ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺬ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻄ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪ ‬ﺮﺿ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻗﻄﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﺍﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،«‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪        ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾ ‬‬ ‫‪ .111‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ؛ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻢ )ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ( ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺩ(‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫]ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻨﺎﻩﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ[ ﺍﻳﻦ ]ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﻦ[‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺎﻩﺟﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻊ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﻫﻲ(؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻨﻢ )ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﻢ(؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ )ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ(؛‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻴﺪ ]ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ[ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪] ﴾          ‬ﳏﻤﺪ‪» [٢٢ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪122‬‬

‫)ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ( ﺭﻭﻱﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ««) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F37‬‬

‫‪ -112‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺩﻳﮕــﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﺑــﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺑﻌــﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴــﺎﻥ ﺣــﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒــﻞ‬ ‫)ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (111‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪» «﴾... ﴿ :‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭﻱﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺟﺰ‪.«...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺣﻢ )ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻀﺎﻭﻱ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻋـﺎﺩﺕ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺠﻴﺮ )ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ( ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺠﺎﺭ )ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻣـﻦ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﭽﺴﺒﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﻛـﻪ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺭﺣـﻢ‬ ‫)ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ( ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﻗﻄـﻊ ﻧﺸـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﭘﻨـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻱ )ﻣﺴﺘﺠﻴﺮ( ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻲ )ﻣﺴﺘﺠﺎﺭ( ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣـﻲﺑـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻓـﺎﻉ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ »ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﻣﻜﻨﻴﻪ« ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺣﻢ )ﺧﻮﻳﺸـﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ( ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺸـﺒﻴﻪ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺭﺣﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﻮﺟـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻳـﻪﻱ ﻣـﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﺘﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫)ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ (22 :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼـﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷـﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﻚ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺭﺣﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡﻧـﺪﺍﺩﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺭﺣﻢ ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻢ )ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ(‬

‫‪123‬‬

‫‪» -113‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻘﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .113‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻮﻑ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻤـﺎﻥ )ﺧـﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑـﺎﻥ( ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ؛‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻢ )ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﻱ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ( ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ( ﻣﺸﺘﻖ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ[‬

‫‪» -114‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻘﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻤﹰﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .114‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻮﻑ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺭﺣﻤـﺎﻥ )ﺧـﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑـﺎﻥ( ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﻢ ]ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ[ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ )ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ(؛ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﭘﻴﻮﻧـﺪﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -13‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺷﺐ ﺍﺳﺮﺍء‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﺿﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻹﴎﺍﺀ[‬

‫‪» -115‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺫﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹸ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹸﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺳ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﻒ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻜﱠﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺯ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺑﹺﻄﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺊ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻓﹾﺮ‪‬ﻏﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪،‬‬

‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻗﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﻮﹺﺩ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﻮﹺﺩ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻮﹺﺩ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻮﹺﺩ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻧﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻧﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻷَﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺜﹾﺒﹺﺖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻟﹸﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺ‪‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺈﹺ ‪‬ﺩﺭﹺﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﺥﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹸ ﹾﻠﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺇﹺﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﺥﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻷَﺥﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺧﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﻷَ‪‬ﻧﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻻﹶﻥ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻗﹾﻼﹶﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬

‫‪126‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺓﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺭﺟﹺ ‪‬ﻊ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺ ‪‬ﻊ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺭﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹶﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹲ ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪‬؟ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻳﹺﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱡﺆ‪‬ﻟﹸﺆﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .115‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣـﻲﮔﻔـﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻘﻒ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻢ ﺷـﻜﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ‪‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻨﻪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻣﺰﻡ ﺷﺴﺖﻭﺷﻮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻇﺮﻓـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃـﻼ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻜﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻨﻪﺍﻡ ﺭﻳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩ‪‬ﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﺴﺘﻲ؟ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﻋـﻮﺕ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩ‪‬ﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛـﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﭙﺶ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﺶ ﻧﮕـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭙﺶ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻴﺴـﺖ؟ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﭙﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻥﻫـﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﺍﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫـﻞ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﻤﺖ ﭼـﭗ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺧﻨﺪﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭙﺶ ﻣﻲﻧﮕﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻧﺶ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﺴـﺖ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ«؛ ﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪127‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ † ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻔـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺸـﻢ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧـﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺭﻳـﺲ ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻴﺴـﺖ؟ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺻـﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ ‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﻋﻴﺴـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺻـﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪ ﺻـﺎﻟﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺧﺒـﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺣﻴﻪﻱ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ«‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟـﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻣـﺘﻢ ﭘﻨﺠـﺎﻩ ]ﻧﻮﺑـﺖ[ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﻧﻮﺑﺖ[ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔـﺮﺩ‬ ‫]ﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ[؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻴﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺼﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﺴـﻤﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ[؛‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻩ؛ ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺘـﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭘـﻨﺞ‬ ‫]ﻧﻮﺑﺖ[ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ[ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷـﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪128‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴـﺘﻢ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺶ ﻣﺸﻚ ﺑﻮﺩ )ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣﺸﻚ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻹﴎﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﯽ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ[‬

‫‪» -116‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻕﹺ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻮﹺﻳﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﻃﹶﺮ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻛ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻂﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻴﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺒ‪‬ﻦﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﺒ‪‬ﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔ‪ ‬ﹾﻄﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹸﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺂﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ‬

‫ﺤﻴ‪‬ﻰ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺯ‪‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻔﹸﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺈﹺ ‪‬ﺩﺭﹺﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ ،﴾  ﴿ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺨ‪ ‬ﻴﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹸﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪129‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻒ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺂﺫﹶﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻔ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﹾﻟﻘ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻝﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹶﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹶﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﻨﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺳﺄﹶﹾﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻘﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺧ‪‬ﻔﱢﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻂﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻂﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪ ‬ﻤﺴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻘﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺯ‪‬ﻝﹾ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ‪ -‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻠﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺖ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﻧﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍ ‪‬ﺭﺟﹺ ‪‬ﻊ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .116‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪"» :‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻕ" ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻻﻍ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳ‪‬ﻢﻫـﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺪ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ؛ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑـﺪﺍﻥ ﻣـﻲﺑﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺷﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻛﻌﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻴﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ )ﻭ ﺗﻌـﺎﺭﻑ ﻛـﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ؛ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩ؛ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ]ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻥ[ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩ‪‬ﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﺗـﻮ ﻛﻴﺴـﺘﻲ؟‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻋـﻮﺕ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺵﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩ؛ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻛﻴﺴﺘﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪130‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؟ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋـﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻪﻫـﺎ ﻋﻴﺴـﻲ ﭘﺴـﺮ ﻣـﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻴﻲ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ )ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ( ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺵﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩ؛ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻛﻴﺴﺘﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳـﺖ؟ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺼﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺵﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑـﺮﺩ؛‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻛﻴﺴﺘﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺩﺭﻳﺲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺵﺁﻣـﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ]ﺍﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪» ﴾   ‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻲ ﺭﺳـﺎﻧﺪﻳﻢ«؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩ؛ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﺗـﻮ ﻛﻴﺴـﺘﻲ؟ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻋـﻮﺕ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؟‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺛﻨـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﻫـﺎﺭﻭﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺵﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺸـﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩ؛ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻛﻴﺴﺘﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؟ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋـﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺵﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻔـﺘﻢ )ﺑـﺎﻻ( ﺑـﺮﺩ؛ ﺭﻓﺘـﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻛﻴﺴﺘﻲ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋـﻮﺕ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺑـﻪﺭﻭ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪131‬‬

‫ﭘﺸﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﺭ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﻔﺘـﺎﺩ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ]ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ[‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳـﺪﻡ ﺑـﺮگﻫـﺎﻳﺶ ]ﺩﺭ ﭘﻬﻨـﻲ[ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﮔـﻮﺵﻫـﺎﻱ ﻓﻴـﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻛﻮﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣـﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﻤـﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ]ﺑﺎﻳﺪ[ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﻧﻮﺑﺖ[‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺘﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﻧﻮﺑﺖ[ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺘﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﺑـﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺖ )ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ(؛ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﻨﺞ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻧﺪ ]ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ[ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻫـﺮ ﻓـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﻫـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ )ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ( ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﻫـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﻳـﻚ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺒـﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺷـﺮﻡ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﻭﺑـﺎﺭﻩ ﻧـﺰﺩﺵ ﺑﺮﮔـﺮﺩﻡ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ[«‪.‬‬

‫‪132‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ«‬

‫‪» -117‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﻈﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻗﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺗ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻄﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤﺮﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺒ‪‬ﻄﹾﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻠﹾﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺯ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺊﹶ‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺂﻥﹶ ﺣ‪ ‬ﹾﻜﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪ ‬ﹾﻜﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ .‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﺮﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺠﹺﻲﺀُ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹴ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ .‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺤﻴ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠ ‪‬ﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺎ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺥﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺫﹶﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻳ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔﹶ‪ ,‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ .‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠ ‪‬ﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﺮﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺥﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇﹺ ‪‬ﺩﺭﹺﻳﺲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺥﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﺨ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺥﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺥﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﻰ‪ ,‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﺮﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ,‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻒ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺓﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﻗ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻝﹺ ﻫ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺁﺫﹶﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﻔﹸﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻴﻞﹸ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﺮﹺﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪ ‬ﻤﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﻌﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﹸﺮﹺﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻚ‪‬؛ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺠ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺠ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﻊ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔﱢﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔﱢﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﻭﻟﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹸﻭﻟﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪ ‬ﻌﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ,‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ,‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪,‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪133‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﻭﻟﹶﻰ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻣﻀ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻔﱠ ﹾﻔﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ,‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺟﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .117‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺻﻌﺼﻌﻪ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺖ )ﻛﻌﺒﻪ( ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ ]ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃـﻼ ﻧـﺰﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻜﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ]ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ[ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳـﻴﻨﻪ ﺗـﺎ ﻧﺮﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻜﻢ‬ ‫]ﻣﻦ[ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻣﺰﻡ ﺷﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ]ﻗﻠﺒﻢ[ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻜﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﭘ‪‬ـﺮ ﺷـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗـﺎﻃﺮ ﻭ ﺑـﺰﺭگﺗـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻻﻍ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ‪ ‬ﺭﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ؛ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ]ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ[‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺧﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪ ‬ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺳـﻼﻡ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﻓﺘـﻴﻢ؛ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳـﺖ؟ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺤﻴﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﺳـﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ؛ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ؛ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺩﺭﻳﺲ ‪ ‬ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪] ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪] ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺸﻢ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪] ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻱ‬

‫‪134‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻔـﺘﻢ ﺭﻓﺘـﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﺭ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻮﺯﻩﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺰﺭگ ﺷـﻬﺮ ﻫ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ـﺮ ﻭ ﺑـﺮگﻫـﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓـﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴـﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺖ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﻫﺪ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺘﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳـﻲ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ؛ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ]ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ[‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪﻡ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ[ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ؛ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﻡ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ]ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻭﺍﺟـﺒﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟـﺮﺍ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪135‬‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﻫـﺮ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟـﺮ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F38‬‬

‫‪» -118‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪ ‬ﻤﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﲏ ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺ ‪‬ﻊ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؛ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .118‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ‬

‫ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺟـﺐ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ[؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﻫـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺷﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺖ )ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ( ﻭ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ؛ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻩ[؛‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘـﻨﺞ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ‪‬ﺮﺍﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍﻥ« ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﻧﻬﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﻪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪136‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ[ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ[‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -119‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪ ‬ﻐﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﻃﹶﺮ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻛ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴِﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹾ ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻞﱢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹾ ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻞﱢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻠﱠ ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪ ‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻄﹸﻮﺭﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ‬

‫ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹾ ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻞﱢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪ ‬ﻴﺚﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠ ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪‬؟ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠ ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ , ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﹾﻟﺨ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻳﺲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ , ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺿﺒ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪,‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ,‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﻔﱠﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺸﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﹶﺃﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻉﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﻔﱠﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪‬؛ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬

‫ﺨﻔ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺧ‪ ‬ﻤﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ - ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ‪ -‬ﺻ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪ ‬ﻌﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺟﹺﻊ‪.«‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪137‬‬

‫‪ .119‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻡﻫـﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺪ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ‪ ‬ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳـﻮﺍﺭ ﺷـﺪﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻃﻴﺒﻪ )ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ( ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘـﻪﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻬـﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﺗـﻮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﻲ(؛ ]ﺭﻓﺘـﻴﻢ ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ[‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﺠـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ؟ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔـﺖ؛‬ ‫]ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ[‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻟﺤﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ ‬ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ † ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻣـﺖ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻡ؛‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺤﻴﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﻫـﺎﺭﻭﻥ ‪ ‬ﺑـﻮﺩ؛‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺩﺭﻳﺲ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺸـﻢ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ؛‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ )ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺑـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺠﺪﻩﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺗﻮ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﻧﻮﺑﺖ[ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺗـﻮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ؛ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻣﺘـﺖ ﭼـﻪ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ]ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ[‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﻧﻮﺑﺖ[ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ؛ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻩ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﻢ‬

‫‪138‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﭘـﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻩ؛‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺗﻮ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﻧﻮﺑﺖ[ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﭘﻨﺞ ]ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ[ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ[‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﮕﺸﺘﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ[‬

‫ﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪» -120‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺁﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪ ‬ﻤﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺭﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺧﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 120‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﻧﻮﺑﺖ[ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻡ؛‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ]ﻧﻮﺑـﺖ[ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪ؛‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪] ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ[ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ]ﻧﻮﺑـﺖ[ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﻭ ]ﺍﺟـﺮ ﻭ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪139‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ]ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺑـﺎﺭﻩ ﻧـﺰﺩﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -121‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﰊ ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹶ ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺ‪‬ﺑﻌ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺧ‪ ‬ﻤﺲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﻆﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻆﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪‬ﻱ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .121‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺑﻌﻲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪]» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ![ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ‪] ،‬ﺍﺩﺍﻱ[ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ]ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ[ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗـﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﺷـﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈـﺖ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈـﺖ ﻧﻜﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻬـﺪﻱ ]ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ[ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳌﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﯽ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ[‬

‫‪» -122‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻆﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻆﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪‬ﻱ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .122‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪]» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ![ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ]ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ[ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻋﻬـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻬﺪﻱ ]ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ[ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪140‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‬

‫) ‪(1‬‬ ‫‪F39‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ[‬

‫‪» -123‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀَ ﺍﻟﹾﺈﹺﻣ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ،﴾‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫﴿‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﹾﺛﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ ،﴾  ﴿ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ ،﴾   ﴿ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪        ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾   ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .123‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ »ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ« )ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻓﺎﺗﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﺪ( ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«؛ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻭﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﭼﻪ؟ ]ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ )ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ( ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪» :‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻃﻠـﺐ ﻛﻨـﺪ )ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ ]ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ[‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾   ﴿ :‬ﺳـﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﺣﻤـﺪ )ﻓﺎﺗﺤـﻪ( ﺷـﺎﻣﻞ ﺳـﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺷـﻜﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺪﺍﺷـﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻔﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‬ ‫– ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪141‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳـﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾ ﴿ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳـﺖ«‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳـﺘﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪﴾  ﴿ :‬‬ ‫»ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺰﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩ‬ ‫)ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ( – ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﮔـﺬﺍﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾   ﴿ :‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻛﻤـﻚ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪      ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾     ‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻦ؛ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫـﺎﻥ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪» ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﲈ ﻻ ﳚﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ[‬

‫‪» -124‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺀِ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺯ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﹾﺃ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ! ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀَ ﺍﻟﹾﺈﹺﻣ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﺭﹺﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻨﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،﴾   ﴿ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ .﴾ ﴿ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪ ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،﴾   ﴿ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪     ‬‬

‫‪142‬‬ ‫‪     ‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬ ‫‪ ،﴾‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .124‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼء ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺎﺳـﺎﺋﺐ ﻏـﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺷﺪﻩﻱ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻫﺮﻩ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻓﺎﺗﺤـﻪ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ( ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ ﻧـﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ ﻧـﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪] .‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ[ ﻧﺎﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪) ،‬ﺍﺑﺎﺳﺎﺋﺐ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ! ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ )ﺑﻌﻀـﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ(‪) ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ( ﺩﺳﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ‬

‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ! )ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ() ‪ (1‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ‬ ‫‪F40‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴـﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻫﺴﺖ ]ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ[«؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﺣﻤـﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪] ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺳـﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ[ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪﴾   ﴿ :‬‬ ‫»ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾ ﴿ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺸـﻨﺪﻩﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﺘﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪» ﴾ ‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺰﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ( ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾   ﴿ :‬ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺁﻳـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻴﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﻭ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫـﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﻲﻃﻠﺒـﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪ ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾          ‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼء ﺍﺯ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪143‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻦ؛ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﺸـﻢ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ[ ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ[‬

‫‪» -125‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺀِ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪،‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀَ ﺍﹾﻟﺈﹺﻣ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺎﺭﹺﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺼﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨﹺ ‪‬‬

‫﴿‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ﴾‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،﴾ ﴿ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ ،﴾  ﴿ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ﴾‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪.«﴾           ‬‬ ‫‪ .125‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼء ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ )ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ( ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳـﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ )ﺳـﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻓﺎﺗﺤـﻪ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ( ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ ﻧـﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪] ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ[ ﻧﺎﺗﻤـﺎﻡ ﺍﺳـﺖ«؛‬ ‫)ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ! ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ )ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻭﻗـﺖﻫـﺎ ﻣـﺄﻣﻮﻡ ﻫﺴـﺘﻴﻢ(؛‬ ‫)ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ! )ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ(‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻥ؛ ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ ]ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ[‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ[ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪﴾   ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪144‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫»ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺖ؛ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾ ﴿ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﺘﻮﺩ؛ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪﴾  ﴿ :‬‬ ‫»ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺰﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩ‬ ‫)ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ(‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫﴿‪  ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ«‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺧـﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ(؛ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪ ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾          ‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻦ؛ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﺸـﻢ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ««‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮک ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ[‬

‫‪» -126‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺀِ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪ ‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺯ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪،‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‬ ‫ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪ ‬ﺮﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀَ ﺍﻟﹾﺈﹺﻣ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﺭﹺﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺼﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻨﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،﴾   ﴿ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،﴾  ﴿ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،﴾   ﴿ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬

‫‪145‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪      ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾     ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .126‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼء ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺎﺳﺎﺋﺐ ﺧـﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻫﺮﻩ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )ﺳـﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻓﺎﺗﺤـﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﻧـﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ ﻧـﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪] ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ[ ﻧﺎﺗﻤـﺎﻡ ﺍﺳـﺖ«‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺍﺑﺎﺳﺎﺋﺐ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ! ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ )ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻭﻗـﺖﻫـﺎ ﻣـﺄﻣﻮﻡ ﻫﺴـﺘﻴﻢ(‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ( ﺩﺳﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﺭﺳـﻲ! )ﻣﻨﻈـﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠـﺐ ﻛﻨـﺪ )ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ ]ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ[؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﺣﻤﺪ ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺳـﻮﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲ ﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪» ﴾   ﴿ :‬ﺳـﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺎﻳﺴـﺘﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳـﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾ ﴿ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑﺨﺸـﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑـﺎﻥ ﺍﺳـﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﺘﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾  ﴿ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺰﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ( ﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾   ﴿ :‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻛﻤـﻚ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣــﻲﻃﻠﺒــﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨــﺪﻩ ﻣــﻲﮔﻮﻳــﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪        ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾   ‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻦ؛ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪146‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﺸـﻢ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫـﺎﻥ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ[‬

‫‪» -127‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺷ‪ ‬ﹾﻄﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪﴾ ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﹾﺛﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ ،﴾  ﴿ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ﴾‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﻨﹺﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪           ‬‬

‫‪ ﴾‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .127‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ[‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ(«؛ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﺣﻤﺪ ﺭﺍ[‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪  ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ؛ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪» ﴾‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﺘﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪ ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺰﺍ ﻭ‬

‫ﺟﺰﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ( ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫‪147‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪» ﴾   ‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ«‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪ ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾          ‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻦ؛ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺗﺮک ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﻓﯽ ﻓﺎﲢﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ[‬

‫‪» -128‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺯ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ! ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺣﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀَ ﺍﻟﹾﺈﹺﻣ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﺭﹺﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺼﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،﴾   ﴿ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،﴾ ﴿ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،﴾  ﴿ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾  ‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ .‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬

‫‪،﴾‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .128‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺋﺐ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻫﺮﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳـﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫)ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻓﺎﺗﺤﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ ﻧـﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ ﻧـﺎﻗﺺ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪148‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﻧﺎﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪) ،‬ﺳﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ( ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ! ﺷـﺎﻳﺪ ﻣـﺄﻣﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷـﻴﻢ‬ ‫)ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻭﻗﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ(‪) ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ( ﺩﺳﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺎﺳﺎﺋﺐ! ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻗﺴـﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ( ]ﺑـﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ[‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﺣﻤﺪ ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ]ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ[ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» ﴾   ﴿ :‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺳـﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪» ﴾ ‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪» ﴾  ﴿ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳـﺰﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﺳـﺖ«‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﻣﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ( ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪» ﴾  ‬ﺗﻨﻬــﺎ ﺗــﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒــﺎﺩﺕ ﻣــﻲﻛﻨــﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬــﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗــﻮ ﻛﻤــﻚ ﻭ ﻳــﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪         ‬‬

‫‪» ﴾  ‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻦ؛ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻧﻌﻤـﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪[﴾       ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -129‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺃﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﺴ‪‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪149‬‬

‫‪ .129‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍُﺑﻲ ﺑـﻦ ﻛﻌـﺐ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ »ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ« ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ »ﺳﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻧﻲ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺴـﻴﻢ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﴫ[‬

‫‪» -130‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻢ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .130‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ]ﭘﻴﺶ ﺷﻤﺎ[ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ؛ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ]ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ[ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ )ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ(؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﺗـﺮﻙ ﻛـﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻭﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ[‬

‫‪» -131‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪ - ‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﺘ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ«‪.‬‬

‫‪150‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ .131‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ]ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ[ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ؛ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ[؛ ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳـﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼـﻪ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﺗـﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻳـﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳉﲈﻋﺔ[‬ ‫‪ -132‬ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻭﻡ )ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪(131‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪ «‬ﻟﻔـﻆ »ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪«‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ »ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ« ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪» ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ[‬ ‫‪ -133‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻭﻡ )ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ‬ ‫‪ (131‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪ «‬ﻟﻔﻆ »ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ـﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺒﺢ«‪» ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ« ﺭﺍ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -14‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﭼﺎﺷﺘﮕﺎﻩ )ﺿﺤﻲ( ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﯽ[‬

‫‪» -134‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﰊ ﺫﺭ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﺭﻛﻊ ﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﻔﻚ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .134‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺭﺩﺍء ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ(! ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻛﻌﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ )ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣـﻦ( ﺍﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﯽ[‬

‫‪» -135‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﻴﻢﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠﹺﺰ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻔ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .135‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﺯ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ! )ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ(! ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻛﻌﺖ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﻦ )ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﺒﻠـﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺴـﺎﻟﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺮﺝ ﻣـﺪﻩ(‪،‬‬

‫ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ]ﺍﺯ ﺩﭼﺎﺭﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ‪ [...‬ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F41‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ "ﻧﻤﺎﺯ" ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳌﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ[‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﻓﻌﻲ ‪ /‬ﻛﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺿﺤﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻛﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺣـﺪ ﺍﻛﺜـﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻌـﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻛﻌﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪152‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪» -136‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻗﹶﺒﹺﻴﺼ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﺟﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻓﻠﹶﺢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻠﹶﺎﻡﹺ ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥ‪ ‬ﺍ‪‬ﻧﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪ ‬ﻲﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﻧﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ,‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻉﹴ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹶﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮﹺ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .136‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻳﺚ ﺑﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﺼﻪ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﺷـﺪﻡ؛ )ﺣﺮﻳـﺚ(‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻨﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ )ﻫﻤﻨﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻛﻦ(؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻓـﺘﻢ )ﻫﻤﻨﺸـﻴﻦ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺷـﺪﻡ(؛ )ﺣﺮﻳـﺚ(‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛـﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻨﺸـﻴﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﻛﻨـﺪ‬ ‫]ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻨﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﭘﺲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ[ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ]ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ[ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫]ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ[ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻛـﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺯﻳـﺎﻥﻛـﺎﺭ ﺍﺳـﺖ«؛ ﻫﻤـﺎﻡ )ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﻧﺨﺴـﺖ( ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ )ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟‬ ‫»ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻀﺶ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﻮﺩ‪] ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴـﺪ[ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻲ )ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻱ( ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ )ﺳﻨّﺖ( ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫـﺎﻱ ﻓـﺮﺽ ﻧـﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -137‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻉﹴ؟ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹶﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺿ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺐﹺ‬ ‫ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﭼﺎﺷﺘﮕﺎﻩ )ﺿﺤﻲ( ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪153‬‬

‫‪ .137‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠـﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪] ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ[ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﻠﻲ )ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺳﻨﺖ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ؟ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻨﺘﺶ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺶ ﺗﺒﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺳـﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻋﻤـﺎﻝ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -138‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻉﹴ؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻛﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺔﹶ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .138‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ]ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ[‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳـﺪ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ[ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﻠﻲ )ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﺖ( ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺳﻨﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ[‬

‫‪» -139‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻢﹴ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻛﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻉﹴ؟ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺿ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .139‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻭﻟـﻴﻦ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳـﺪ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ[ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺳﻨﺘﻲ ]ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ[ ﻣـﻲﻳﺎﺑﻴـﺪ؟ ﭘـﺲ ]ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺩﺍﺷـﺖ[ ﺑـﻪ‬

‫‪154‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪﻱ ﺳـﺎﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻞ ﺻﻼﺓ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﻋﻪ[‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ...» -140‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻢﹴ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻲ‪ - ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺯﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺯﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪ ‬ﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹰﺎ؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻢ‪ : - ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻡ‪‬‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺼ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻉﹴ؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫﹶﺍﻛﹸﻢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .140‬ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ ﺿﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧـﻮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺗﻮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ! ﻳﻮﻧﺲ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻡ )ﺷـﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ]ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ[‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ[ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ؟ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪] ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ[ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ ﻣﺴـﺘﺤﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣﺴـﺘﺤﺒﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫـﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺟـﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﭼﺎﺷﺘﮕﺎﻩ )ﺿﺤﻲ( ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪155‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﲤﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭی‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -141‬ﺗﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (140‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺐﹺ‬ ‫ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪» « ‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺯﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻋﻤـﺎﻝ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F42‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ[‬

‫‪» -142‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺣﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ – ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ‪ -‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺄﹸ ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﺤﺮﹺﻱ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪ ‬ﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺄﹸ ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻔﱠﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻔﱠﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﹸﻜﹾﺚﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳌﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻗﹾﺪ‪‬ﺍﻡﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻍﹸ ﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻮﺀِ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳌﹶﻜﹶﺎﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺵ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻞﹾ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﳋﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﻀﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﹸﻨ‪‬ﻜﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﻛ‪‬ﲔﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻗﺒﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻓﹾﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪.« ‬‬

‫‪ .142‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺰﺩﻡ ﺁﻣﺪ )ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ(«؛ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻡ )ﺷﻚ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﻋﻤـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﺸـﻜﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﺖﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪156‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺱ( ]ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ [:‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺧـﻮﺍﺏ ]ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺒـﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ[ ﻧـﺰﺩﻡ ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ]ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ[ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻼء ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ؟« ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧـﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳـﺮﺩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺳـﻴﻨﻪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ(‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴـﺘﻢ )ﻋﻠـﻢ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓـﺮﺍ ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻢ(؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ]ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ[ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻼء ﺍﻋﻠـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺑـﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤـﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻔـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫)ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ( ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﻱ‬ ‫]ﻫﺮ[ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ]ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺪﻱﺷﺪﻥ[ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑـﺎ ﭘـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫـﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﺎﻋـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻮ )ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭﺿﻮﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ( ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ )ﺩﺭ ﻫـﻮﺍﻱ ﺳـﺮﺩ( ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧـﻮﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﻣ‪‬ـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﺶ ﭘـﺎﻙ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﺎﻳﺴـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ؛ ]ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ![ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺼـﺪ ﺑـﺪﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ ﻭ ]ﻧﻴـﺰ[ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫]ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨـﺪ[ ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﺕ )ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻮﺟـﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ( ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺸﺎﻱ ﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍﺩﺍﺩﻥ ]ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ[ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -143‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺒ‪ ‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺄﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ؟ ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺸﺮﹺﻕﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳌﹶﻐ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺄﹸ ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ؟‬ ‫ﺍﳌﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻔﱠﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹾﻞﹺ ﺍﻷَﻗﹾﺪ‪‬ﺍﻡﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﳉﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻍﹺ ﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻮﺀِ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳌﹶﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻭﻫ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪،‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﭼﺎﺷﺘﮕﺎﻩ )ﺿﺤﻲ( ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪157‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍ‪‬ﻧﺘ‪‬ﻈﹶﺎﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻆﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺵ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺨ‪ ‬ﻴﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻧ‪‬ﻮﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪.« ‬‬ ‫‪ .143‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒـﺎﺱ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺰﺩﻡ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ!‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ! ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪] :‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ[ ﻣـﻼء ﺍﻋﻠـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫﻨـﺪ؟ ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻧﻤـﻲﺩﺍﻧـﻢ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺳـﻴﻨﻪﺍﻡ ﺍﺣﺴـﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ )ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺟـﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ! ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫]ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ[ ﻣﻼء ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨـﺪ؟ ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺎﻡﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺿـﻮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ )ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ‪ (...‬ﻭ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﻌـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﺶ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫]ﭘﺎﻙ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -144‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﺲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻛ‪ ‬ﺪﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪ ‬ﻤﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺜﹸﻮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺼ‪ ‬ﻮﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻓﱢﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹸﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻐ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹸﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺄﹾﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﻠﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ‪ -‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ‪ -‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪!‬‬

‫ﺨﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺄﹸ ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ؟ ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺩﺭﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻔﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺒ‪ ‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪158‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺨﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺄﹸ ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻔﱠﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻦ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻗﹾﺪ‪‬ﺍﻡﹺ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳉﹸﻠﹸﻮﺱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳌﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻍﹸ ﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻮﺀِ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺮﻳﻬ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻠﹶﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ‪ .‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬

‫ﺍﳋﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻨ‪‬ﻜﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﻛ‪‬ﲔﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﱠﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪) .144‬ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ‪ (‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺭﺷـﻴﺪ ﻃﻠـﻮﻉ ﻛﻨـﺪ؛ ]ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ[ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼـﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ؛ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺳـﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﺸﺴـﺘﻪﺍﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻴـﺪ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ[‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻳﺮﺁﻣﺪﻧﻢ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ؛ ﺷﺐ ]ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺷﺐ[ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻭﺿـﻮ ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻲ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﻓـﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻧﻢ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺒـﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻠـﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺍ! ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻡ! ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪] :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ[ ﻣﻼء ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴـﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫﻨـﺪ؟‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻢ؛ ]ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ[ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻜـﺮﺍﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﻨﻪﺍﻡ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺑـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺁﺷـﻜﺎﺭ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺍ! ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻡ! ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪] :‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ[ ﻣﻼء ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫﻨـﺪ؟ ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻔـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺕ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﺪﻡﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ]ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺪﻱﺷﺪﻥ[ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺿﻮﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ؛ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻏـﺬﺍﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﭼﺎﺷﺘﮕﺎﻩ )ﺿﺤﻲ( ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪159‬‬

‫]ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ[ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺵﺳﺨﻦﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ[‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻛﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑـﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻨـﻪﺍﻱ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﻢ؛ ]ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ![ ﻣﺤﺒـﺖ ﺧـﻮﺩﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ]ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ[ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﻖ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F43‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺘﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪،‬‬

‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪] ﴾  ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻱ‪» [11 :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ« ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪] ﴾       ﴿ :‬ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ‪ [2 – 1 :‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻞَّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺋﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﻨﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﻫﻢ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼً ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺧﻠﻒ؛ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪] ﴾    ﴿ :‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪» [7 :‬ﻭ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪.«...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻣـﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻳـﻞ ﺑـﻪ ﺗﺄﻭﻳـﻞ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﻅ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻃـﻼﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻣﺤـﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ؛ ﻣـﺜﻼً ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻣـﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻨﻈـﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺻـﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺟﻼﻝ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺻـﻔﺎﺕ ﺑـﺮ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺗﺠﻠـﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺟﺎﺭﻱﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻥ ﻋﻠـﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻌـﺎﺭﻑ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﺩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺳـﻴﻨﻪﺍﻡ ﺍﺣﺴـﺎﺱ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪160‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪] :‬ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ[‬

‫‪» -145‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹴﻭ ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﺹﹺ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪ ‬ﻐﺮﹺﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻘﱠﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻘﱠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﺮﹺﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺣ‪‬ﻔﹶﺰ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ‪‬ﺑﻮ‪‬ﺍﺏﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﻓﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻈﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .145‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺹ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﻢ؛ ]ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ[ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ]ﺑﺮﻭﺩ[ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫]ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ[ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ؛ ]ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﻤﻲ[ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ )ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻛـﺖ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ(‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﮋﺩﻩ! ﻣﮋﺩﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫـﺪ[‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ )ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺨـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ[ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻢ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨـﺎﻥ ﻗﻠـﺐ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪﻱ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .1 :‬ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .2 .‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15‬ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺔ[‬

‫‪» -146‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .146‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ! ]ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ[ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻛﻨﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﻮﺩ[ ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪  ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪[﴾‬‬

‫‪» -147‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸ‪‬ﻧﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﻯ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﻘﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺾ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳌﹶﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌ‪‬ﻴﺰ‪‬ﺍﻥﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﺬﹸ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .147‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪]» :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ[ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﻨﻢ« ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫)ﺧﺰﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ( ﭘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺨﺸـﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔـﺎﻗﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻢ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫)ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻭﻱ( ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺭﺩ« ﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻧﻤـﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘـﺪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛـﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ )ﺑﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ(«‪.‬‬

‫‪162‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ[‬

‫‪» -148‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﻯ‪،‬‬

‫ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﻘﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻳﺘ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﺬﹸ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳌﹶﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻷُﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﹶﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﺾ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺾ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .148‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫)ﺧﺰﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ( ﭘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺨﺸﺸﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟! ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻧﺸـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺨـﺖ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﺶ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ )ﺭﻭﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻳﺎ‪ (...‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ )ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ‪.«(...‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫»ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳊﺚ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﺒﺸﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻖ ﺑﺎﳋﻠﻒ[ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳊﺚ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﻪ ﻭ‪[...‬‬

‫‪» -149‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻎﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﻔ‪ ‬ﻖ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺄﹶﻯ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .149‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣـﻲﺭﺳـﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻘـﻞ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ(! ﺑـﺒﺨﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ«‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﻣـﯽﻛﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻭی ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﱪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺣـﺎﺩﻳﺜﯽ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﲨﻠـﻪی‬

‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪163‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪» -150‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺬﹾ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺽ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﺾ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺾ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .150‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪]» :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ[ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻛـﻨﻢ« ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﭘ‪‬ـﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻧﺪﻳـﺪﻩﺍﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶِ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﺨﺖ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ]ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ[ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ )ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﻣـﻲﺑﺨﺸـﺪ( ﻭ‬

‫]ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ[ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ )ﺫﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ() ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F4‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ«‬

‫‪» -151‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﳉ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳉ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪ ‬ﻲﺀٌ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﻔﻖ ﺃﻧﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﮏ«‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺰﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﺶ ﻛﻢ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻸﯼ« ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺰﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ »ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ« ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪164‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﹶﺎﺀُ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪ ‬ﻲﺀٌ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺎﺀِ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻳﺢﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .151‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﺛﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ؛ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳـﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻛـﻮﻩﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﺖ ﺳـﺨﺖﺗـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﻮﻩﻫـﺎ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭘﺲ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﺖ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭘﺲ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﺖ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭘﺲ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﺖ ﺳـﺨﺖﺗـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﺻـﺪﻗﻪﺍﻱ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮﺭﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﭼﭙﺶ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺩﺳﺖ ﭼﭙﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﻓﻬﻤﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪] .‬ﻭ ﺁﻟﺒـﺎﻧﻲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺿـﻌﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ[‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ[‬

‫‪» -152‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺟ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺮﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .152‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺠﺮﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؛ ]ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ[ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﻨﺴﺮﻳﻦ )ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪17‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﺑﻮﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﺟﺮﺍﺡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻛﺮﺩ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] .‬ﺁﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿـﻮﻉ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪165‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺷﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -153‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻛ‪‬ﻢﹴ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺬﹲ ﺑﹺﻘﹶﻔﹶﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻬﻮ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻔﹰﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .153‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻫـﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﮔـﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﮔـﺮ ]ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ[ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﺰ )ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ( ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﮕﺎﻫﻲ ]ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ[ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﻗﻪﺩﺍﺩﻥ )ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ(‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺮگ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -154‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺵﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹶﻔﱢﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠﹺﺰ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹺ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟!‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺣ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍﻥﹸ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔ‪‬؟!«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .154‬ﺑ‪‬ﺴﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺤﺎﺵ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﺏ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺳـﺘﺶ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻛﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ]ﺁﺏ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ[ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ؟! ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪ – ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑـﻪ ﺣﻠﻘـﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ – ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﻗﻪﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ[«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪166‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ[‬

‫‪» -155‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﺛﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺧﺬﹾﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹸﻃﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺯ‪‬ﻛﱢﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .155‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ! ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻱ ]ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻄﻒ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ؛‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ )ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ( ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ )ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ( ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﭘـﺎﻙ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻛﻴﺰﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﻭ ]ﺩﻭﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥﻳـﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺟـﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮔﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -16‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ[‬

‫‪» -156‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹸﺚﹾ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹾ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺅ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ﹾﻠﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪‬‬

‫ﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻃﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﳌ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺸﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺟﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳊﹶﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .156‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺳﭙﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ(‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ]ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ[‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺳﺰﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺎﻫﻼﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴـﺮ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﺰﺍ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺶ ]ﺑﺎﻳﺪ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ]ﻗﺪﺭﺕ« ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻮﻱ ﺩﻫـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺿﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﯽ ﺍﳌﺴﮏ[‬

‫‪» -157‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﳌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .157‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫‪168‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ؛ ]ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ [:‬ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘـﺎً ﺑـﻮﻱ ﺩﻫـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ«‬

‫‪» -158‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ " :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ‬

‫ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﳌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .158‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ؛ ]ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ[ ﺍﺭﺿـﺎﻱ ﺗﻤـﺎﻳﻼﺕ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺳـﭙﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻣـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺑـﻮﻱ ﺩﻫـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧـﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑـﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸـﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪» ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﺎﻡ[‬

‫‪» -159‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‬

‫ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ .‬ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .159‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ]ﻗﺪﺭﺕ[ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﺧـﻮﺵﺑـﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﱪ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -160‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ‬

‫ﺸﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪ ‬ﺒﻊﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪169‬‬

‫‪ .160‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ ﻣــﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳــﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧــﺎ ]ﺑﻨــﺪﻩﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭﻡ[ ﺷــﻬﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺧــﻮﺭﺍﻙ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ؛ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ]ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ[ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟـﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺰ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ )ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ[‬

‫‪» -161‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺ ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻔﹶﺔﹸ ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .161‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪] .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ [:‬ﺑﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺟـﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳـﺖ ]ﻗـﺪﺭﺕ[ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻮﻱ ﺩﻫـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧـﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑـﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸـﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﲔ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -162‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹸﺚﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻄﹶﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻔ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .162‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ(؛ ﭘﺲ ﻫـﺮ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬

‫‪170‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺳﺰﺍ ﻧﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺠﺎﻝ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷـﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪ‪] ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺶ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ]ﻗﺪﺭﺕ[ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻮﻱ ﺩﻫـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸـﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -163‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺡ‪» «‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ]ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺷـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ[‬

‫‪» -164‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﳌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶ ﹾﻠﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .164‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮ ]ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ[ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ]ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ[ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺼـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣﺸﻚ ﺧﻮﺵﺑـﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﻼﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫]ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺶ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ]ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﻼﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﭼﻨﲔ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪171‬‬

‫‪» -165‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪‬ﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .165‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪]» :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ[ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏﺗﺮﻳﻦِ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻄـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ[‬

‫‪» -166‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ‬

‫ﺸﺮﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻣﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀِ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .166‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻫـﺮ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ‬ ‫]ﻛﻪ[ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ]ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ[ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ(؛ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫]ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ[ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ]ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ )ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ( ]ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ[ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺟﺰ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ؛ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺿـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴـﺖ ﺷـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧـﺎ ﺑـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -167‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺏ ]ﻓﻀـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ[‪ ،‬ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻠـﻲ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (166‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ »ﻳ‪‬ـﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ «...‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ[‬

‫‪172‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪» -168‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻃﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .168‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺟـﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻄـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«؛ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫]ﻗﺪﺭﺕ[ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -169‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﺪﺭﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺟﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻄﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .169‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺟـﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ :‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«؛ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ]ﻗﺪﺭﺕ[ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸـﻚ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -170‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ‬

‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺮﻓﹸﺚﹾ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻗﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺅ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ‪‬ﻧﻔﹾﺲ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .170‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺳﭙﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪173‬‬

‫ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ(؛ ﭘﺲ ﻫـﺮ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺳﺰﺍ ﻧﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺠﺎﻝ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷـﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪ‪] ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺶ[ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺖ ]ﻗﺪﺭﺕ[ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F45‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻮﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ؟ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ«‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺻﻼﺡ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻚ ﺧﻮﺵﺑﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ ...» :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﻠﻮﻑ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻢ ﺣﲔ‬ ‫ﳝﺴﻮﻥ ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﻚ«‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﻱ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﺑـﻮﻱ ﺩﻫـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣﺸﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﻓﻌﻲ ‪ /‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﻤـﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓـﻲ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺐﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ ﻗﺴـﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﻮ ﱄ ﻭ‪ «...‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪174‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺳﻨﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺯﻛﺎﺕ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺟﺴـﻤﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻩﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﱄ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﭼﮕـﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺟـﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧـﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -17‬ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺒﻪﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪] ‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻭ ﻏﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ[ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺮﻓﺔ[‬

‫‪» -171‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻛ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬ﺮﺩ‪‬ﺍﺱﹴ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪‬‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪ ‬ﻐﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺟﹺﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻱ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪ ‬ﹾﺌﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻈﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠﹸﻮﻡﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬

‫ﺻﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺟﹺﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ :‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻀﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹶﻚ‪‬؟ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ - ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺜﹸﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺜﱡﺒ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻳﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .171‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﺭﺑﺰﺭﮔﺶ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻐﺮﺏِ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ )ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ(‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺗـﻮ ﺟـﺰ ﻇـﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﺣـﻖ ﻣﻈﻠـﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻇـﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ«؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﻲ ﻭ ﻇـﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻲ )ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ(؛ ﺍﻣـﺎ ﻣﻐـﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪ؛ ﺻـﺒﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺰﺩﻟﻔـﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﻋـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜـﺮﺍﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﺱ )ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪ – ﻳﺎ )ﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺗﺒﺴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ – ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ! ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺑﺨﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺧﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ؟ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺧﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻲ )ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻤﮕـﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﻴﻨـﻴﻢ(! ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺷـﻤﻦِ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪176‬‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣـﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﺵ ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻭﻳﻼ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬

‫ﺟﺰﻉ ﻭ ﻓﺰﻉ ﺍﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F46‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -172‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ؟«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .172‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ )ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ( ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ ]ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ[ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ]ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ[؟«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳋﻄﺒﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺮ[‬

‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫‪» -173‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻀﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﺕ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪ ‬ﺪﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡﹴ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺨ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻣﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬

‫ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻃﹸﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻛﹶﺎﺛ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺬﹲ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹶﺬﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻲ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻮﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .173‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﻓـﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺘﺮﺵ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ »ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ« ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺿـﻴﺢ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺑـﻪ ﭘـﺎﻭﺭﻗﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ‪ 341‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪177‬‬

‫ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻩ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﺣـﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣـﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻫـﺎﻥ! ﺁﮔـﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻣـﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻥﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳـﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؛ ﻫﺎﻥ! ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﻮﺽ) ‪ (1‬ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺜـﺮﺕ‬ ‫‪F47‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺨﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻـﻠﻪﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣـﻦ( ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻣﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﻫﺎﻥ! ﻣﻦ ]ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻢ[ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻣﻞﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﮔﻨﺎﻫـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ(؛ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﻢ )ﺍﻣﺘﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ]ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﭼﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ[ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ«) ‪.(2‬‬ ‫‪F48‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﺣﻮﺽ« ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﻣﺘﻌـﺪﺩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻒ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻳﻞ« ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺻـﻔﺎﺗﻪ[‪ ،‬ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﻧﻬـﺮ‬ ‫»ﻛﻮﺛﺮ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ )‪ (285‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤـﺚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﭘـﺎﻭﺭﻗﻲ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪384‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -18‬ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ[‬

‫‪» -174‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪‬‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥﹲ ﺑﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻒ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹸﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .174‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﺒﺐ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥﺁﻣـﺪﻧﺶ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﺵ[ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻢ؛ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ]ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪﻱ ﺷـﻬﺎﺩﺕ[‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ« ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﺮﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﻧﺸﺴـﺘﻢ )ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑـﺮ ﻓـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﻣﺸﻘﺖﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪[...‬‬

‫‪» -175‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑ‪ ‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﻞﹸ‬

‫ﺍﳌﹸﺠ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹶﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻛﱠـﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠـﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﱠﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .175‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻣﺜـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ – ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻛﻨﻨـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﭼـﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬

‫‪180‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ – ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﺐ‪ ،‬ﺷـﺐ ﺯﻧـﺪﻩﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺟـﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴـﺮﺩ )ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺮگ( ﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ]ﻣﻌﻨـﻮﻱ[‬ ‫ﻭ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﯽ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻠﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎﺋﻢ[‬

‫‪» -176‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪» :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻔﱠﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺨﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﳉ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹶﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺟﺮﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .176‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺑـﺎﻭﺭ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿـﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ]ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ[ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ]ﻣﻌﻨـﻮﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﻭ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ[‬

‫‪» -177‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺈﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺘﻞﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬‬

‫ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .177‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥﺁﻣﺪﻧﺶ ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮگ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫـﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺶ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ‬

‫‪181‬‬

‫‪» -178‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ – ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻔﱠﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺟﺮﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ .178‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﺶ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ]ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ[ ﻭ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪] ،‬ﺳـﺎﻟﻢ[ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻨـﺰﻟﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -179‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺿ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪ ‬ﻤﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .179‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑـﺎﺯﮔﻮ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ[‪]» :‬ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻫـﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ[ ﺿـﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺶ ﺑﺮﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻢ )ﺗﻘـﺪﻳﺮ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻫﻤـﺮﺍﻩ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺟـﺮ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ‬ ‫]ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ[ ﻭ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻲﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺟـﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴـﺮﻡ‬ ‫)ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻛﻨﻢ )ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻢ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﯽ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫‪» -180‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻔﱠ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﳉ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .180‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺶ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬

‫‪182‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ]ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ[ ﻭ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪] ،‬ﺳـﺎﻟﻢ[ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺶ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -181‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺟﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹲ ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶ ﹾﻠﻢﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻥﹸ‬

‫ﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﳛ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺟﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﱠﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻏﺰ‪‬ﻭ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻏﹾﺰ‪‬ﻭ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .181‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ‪ ‬ﺟﻬـﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻭ ]ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ[ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﮔﺎﻧﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻣـﻦ ﺿـﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] ،‬ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ[ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ]ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ[ ﻭ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻢ‪ .‬ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ]ﻗﺪﺭﺕ[ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮕﺶ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺧﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ]ﻗﺪﺭﺕ[ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭽﮕـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻛﻪ ]ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ[ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤـﻲﻧﺸﺴـﺘﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻧـﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳـﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬـﺰ ﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻧﻜﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴـﺰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ؛ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ]ﻗﺪﺭﺕ[ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍً ]ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ[ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ]ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ[ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻡ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ‬

‫‪183‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ[‬

‫‪...-182‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪» :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟« ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺼ‪‬ﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺶﹴ ‪ -‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻔﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹸﺴِﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺭﹺﺿ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻜﹸﻔﹾﺮﹺ‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﺳ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،«‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﳌﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻖﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪» :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﺪﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻳﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻃﱠﻠﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﺪﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶ ‪‬ﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ «...‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ... .182‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻃﺐ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ )ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻱ(؟ ﺣﺎﻃﺐ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻜﻦ )ﻋﺼﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﻮ(‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻠﺤﻖﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ – ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻧﻴﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻢﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ – ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﻗـﺮﻳﺶ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺎﻧﻢ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺭﺍﺿﻲﺷﺪﻧﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ؛ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺪﻩ ﮔـﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﻧﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑـﺪﺭ ﺍﻃـﻼﻉ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪...‬‬

‫ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F49‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ »ﺣﺎﻃﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﻠﺘﻌﻪ« ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺰﻭﻩﻱ ﻓـﺘﺢ ﻣﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻩ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫـﺪ؛‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻋﻠـﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺑﻴـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﻱ »ﺑﺎﻍ ﺧﺎﺥ« ﻣـﻲﺭﺳـﻴﺪ‪» ،‬ﺧـﺎﺥ« ﻣﻨﻄﻘـﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪184‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺳﺨﻦﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ[‬

‫‪» -183‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹶﺴِﺮ‪‬ﺍ؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪!‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﹺﻴﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﻳ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ﴾...       ﴿ :‬ﺍﹶﻵﻳ‪‬ﺔﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .183‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ل ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ! ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍ ﺳﺖ؟ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ!‬ ‫ﭘﺪﺭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍُﺣ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻴﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻫﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺍﺷـﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺩﺝ ﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﻤﺶ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﻓﺘـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ؛ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻃـﺐ ﺑـﻦ ﺍﺑـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺘﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ! ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﭙﺎﻫﻲ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻋﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ«؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻃﺐ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﺣﺎﻃﺐ ﮔﻔﺖ‪«... :‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺣﺎﻃﺐ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻋﺬﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻃﺐ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻃﺐ ﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻏﺰﻭﻩﻱ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻜُﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑـﺪﺭ ﺍﻃـﻼﻉ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺇﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺌﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻏﻔﺮﺕ ﻟﻜﻢ« ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺳـﺨﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ‬

‫‪185‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﭘـﺪﺭﺕ؟ ﻋـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﭘﺪﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ]ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ[ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ! ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﻜﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺪﺭﺕ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺮﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻦ )ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ( ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻗـﺒﻼً‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﻧـﺎﺯﻝ ﺷـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪      ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾...‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪» [١٦٩ :‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ««‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴـﻦ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﯽ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫‪» -184‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹸﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻭ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺑﹺﻴﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻛ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ! ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﹺﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪!‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻎﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪﴾...       ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻛﹸﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .184‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑـﻦ ﻋﻤـﺮﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﭘﺪﺭﻡ( ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺟـﺎﺑﺮ! ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺪﺭﺕ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ؟ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫـﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﭘـﺪﺭﺕ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭ ﻭ ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺳـﻄﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ! ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺪﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻦ )ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ( ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪186‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭘﺲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻨـﻮﺯ ﻧﻴﺎﻣـﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪﴾...       ﴿ :‬‬

‫]ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪» [١٦٩ :‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﺸـﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ«‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻳﻪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺪﺍء‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬ ‫)ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ(؟‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ[‬ ‫ﺴﺮ‪‬ﻭﻕﹴ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ – ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﹾﻟﺖ‪ - ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ )ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ (‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪» -185‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪ ﴾             ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺧ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻘﹶﺔﹲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵﹺ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻭﹺﻱ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻃﱠﻠﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻃﱢﻠﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺙﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻛﹸﻮﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .185‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻳـﺎ )ﺷـﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺳـﺆﺍﻝ ﻛـﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪          ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾   ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪» [١٦٩ :‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺷـﻬﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺰﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻨﺪﻳﻞﻫﺎ )ﻣﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎ(ﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻣﻌﻠـﻖ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬

‫‪187‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ‬

‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ( ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻣﻴـﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳـﺪ )ﺗـﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘـﺎﻥ ﻓـﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ(؟ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻫﺮﺟـﺎ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﻢ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡﻣـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻥﻫﺎﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ[‬ ‫‪» -186‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪    ‬‬

‫‪ ﴾         ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺧ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺧ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺣ‪ ‬ﻴﺚﹸ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻭﹺﻱ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻘﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻃﱠﻠﹶﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﺘ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺯﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻃﱢﻠﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺷ‪ ‬ﹾﺌﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻃﱠﻠﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺯﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .186‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳـﻪ ﺳـﺆﺍﻝ ﺷـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪    ‬‬

‫‪) ﴾...  ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪» (169 :‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺷـﻬﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻧـﺪﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺰﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨـﺪﻱ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻗﻨـﺪﻳﻞﻫـﺎ‬ ‫)ﺟﺎﻫﺎ(ﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻧﻈـﺮﻱ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‬ ‫)ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ( ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﺨﺸـﻢ؟ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﻳـﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ؟ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗـﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺳـﺆﺍﻝ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ[‪،‬‬

‫‪188‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺪﻫﺎﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﮔـﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑـﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﯽ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ[‬ ‫‪ -187‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﻅ ﺗﺮﻣـﺬﻱ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ‬ ‫‪ (186‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪» «‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟« ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ـﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ـﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟« »ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﻢ؟« ﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻻﱠ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻛﹸﻮﺍ« »ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺪﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﻨﯽ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ[‬

‫‪» -188‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪،‬‬

‫ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﺰﹺﻝﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .188‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ]ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ! ﺟﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺘﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ[ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻱ؟ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪] :‬ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ؟[ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ]ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ[ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺭ )ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ( ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻡ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ‬

‫‪189‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺍء ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ[‬

‫‪» -189‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺽﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺀُ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﱠﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻓﹸﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﱠﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﻋ‪‬ﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺀُ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﹸﺘ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹸﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﱠﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻓﹸﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺟﹺﺮ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺮ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺮ‪‬ﺍﺡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟﹺﺮ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟﹺﺮ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .189‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺑﺎﺽ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﻪ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺷـﻬﺪﺍء ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛـﺮ ﻃـﺎﻋﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥﻣـﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ )ﻣﺮگ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﺧﻢ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺯﺧـﻢﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺯﺧﻢ ﺷﻬﺪﺍء ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺯﺧﻢﺷﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺯﺧﻢ ﺷﻬﺪﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪] :‬ﺳﺰﺍﻱ[ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﺯﻳ ﹰﺎ ﻓﯽ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ[‬

‫‪» -190‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻧﹺﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻔﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪ ‬ﹾﺬ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻇﹶﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ؟«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .190‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺴﺮِ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ ﻣـﺎﺩﺭﺍﻥﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ )ﺷﻬﻴﺪ( ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪190‬‬

‫ﺗﻮ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﻜﺶ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑـﺮﺩﺍﺭ؛ )ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» (:‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ؟« )ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑـﺎﻗﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ؟!(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻛﺸﺖ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ[‬

‫‪» -191‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻲﺀُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺬﹰﺍ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻲﺀُ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺬﹰﺍ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻔﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻔﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺀُ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺛﹾﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .191‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ]ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻛﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ )ﻗﺎﺗﻞ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺰﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﺗـﻮ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﺰﺕ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ )ﻣﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ( ]ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﮔـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﺎ ﻋﺰﺕ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴـﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﻋـﺰﺕ ﻭ ﺳـﺮﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﻣـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪] ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻗﺎﺗـﻞ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻣـﻲﮔـﺮﺩﺩ ]ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ[«‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ‬

‫‪191‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﺸﱰی ﻧﻔﺴﻪ[‬

‫‪» -192‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺠﹺﺐ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻏﹶﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹸﻫ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻏﹾﺒ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻘﹶﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹸﻫ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .192‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑـﻦ ﻣﺴـﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺳـﺘﻲ ﻧﻤـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻧﺶ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ]ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻫـﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌـﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ[ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻭﻋﺪﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻥ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ]ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ[ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﻧﺶ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ )ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻷﺳﲑ ﻳﻮﺛﻖ[‬

‫‪» -193‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺ ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺠﹺﺐ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﻞﹺ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪192‬‬

‫‪ .193‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F50‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺠﺎﻫـﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺎﺭﺕﺷـﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺭﺕﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﻛﻔـﺮﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19‬ﭼﻨﺪﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜَﻞ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺭﺓ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﯽ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﴫ[‬

‫‪» -194‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﳋﹶﻄﱠﺎﺏﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﻠﹸﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍﻁ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼﺮﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺏﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪ ‬ﻤﺲﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻗ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻛﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻗﹶﻞﱡ ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻇﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘﱢﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻭﺗ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀُ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .194‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜَﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ]ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻴﺮﺍﻁ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ؟ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻴﺮﺍﻁ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ]ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻋﺼـﺮ[‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻴﺮﺍﻁ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻏـﺮﻭﺏ ﺧﻮﺭﺷـﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻴﺮﺍﻁ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴـﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ]ﺍﻣﺎ[ ﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺟـﺮﺕ ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫]ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﻖﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﻲ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؟ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻓﻀـﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F51‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻗﻴﺮﺍﻁ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﻴﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪194‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﴫ ﺇﻟﯽ ﺍﻟﻴﻞ[‬

‫‪» -195‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻷَﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﻞﹸ‬

‫ﺍﳌﹸﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹶﻞﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮﹴ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻃﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﺍ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻛﻤ‪‬ﻼﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻃﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺟ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺼﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻳ‪‬ﺴِﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻏﹶﺎﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪ ‬ﹾﻜﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺟﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﹶﺮﹺﻳﻘﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻦﹺ ﻛ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺒﹺﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .195‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺷﻌﺮﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜَﻞ ﻣﺴـﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺜَﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍُﺟﺮﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍُﺟﺮﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ]ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ[ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍُﺟﺮﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﻧـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴـﺮﻳﻢ؛ ]ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﻛـﺎﺭ[ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃـﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓـﺖ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ]ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﺎﺭ[ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺷـﺮﻁ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ؛ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ )ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻭﻡ( ﺗﺎ ﻋﺼﺮ ]ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ[ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪] :‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ[‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍُﺟﺮﺗـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺧﻮﺩﺕ؛ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ‪] :‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ[ ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ]ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻭ ]ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﺎﺭ[ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﺭﻭﺯ ]ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺼﺮ[ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺩ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﺜـﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜـﺎﻝ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪‬‬

‫‪195‬‬

‫ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ]ﻭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻣﺴـﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ[ ﻭ ﻣﺜـﺎﻝِ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧـﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫـﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻳﺪ[«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -20‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ »ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪     ‬‬

‫‪.[﴾ ‬‬

‫‪» -196‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻭ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﺹﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪ ،﴾       ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺬﻳﺮﺍﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺍ ﻟ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻛﱢﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻔﹶﻆﱟ ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻏﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻆ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ ﺑﹺﺎﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹶ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻀ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌ‪‬ﻠﱠﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺫﹶﺍﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹸﻠﹾﻔﹰﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .196‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺹ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻣـﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪﴾       ﴿ :‬‬ ‫]ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪» [٤٥ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ! ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﮋﺩﻩﺭﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻢﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ«؛ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ )ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ( ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ! ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﮋﺩﻩﺭﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻢﺩﻫﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻫﻲ ]ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ[ ﺍﻣـﻲ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻳـﻢ؛ ﺗـﻮ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ]ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻣﺘﻮﻛـﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﻴـﺪﻡ؛ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪﺧﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻓـﺮﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ]ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺪﺧﻮﻳﻲﺍﺵ[ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ]ﻭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ[ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﺩ؛ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺑـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ]ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑـﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻠﺖ ﻛﺠﺮﻭ ﻭ ﮔﻤـﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺍﻭ ]ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ[ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ]ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫـﻲﺷـﺎﻥ[‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﺸـﻢﻫـﺎﻱ ﻛـﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺩﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻭﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪198‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻉ«‬

‫‪» -197‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺀِ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻭ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﺹﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒﹺ ‪‬ﺮﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻞﹾ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ﴾       ﴿ :‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .197‬ﻋﻄﺎء ﺑﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤـﺮﻭ ﺑـﻦ ﻋـﺎﺹ ب ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻦ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ]؛ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ‪] ﴾       ﴿ [:‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪[٤٥ :‬‬

‫»ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ! ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﮋﺩﻩﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑـﻴﻢﺩﻫﻨـﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻳـﻢ ﻭ‪ ،«...‬ﺗـﺎ ﺁﺧـﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪.(196‬‬

‫‪ -21‬ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪» ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻃﺐ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﴫﻩ[‬

‫‪» -198‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ .‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .198‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﺶ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺒـﺘﻼ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ[ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ]ﻭ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖﺩﺍﺩﻥﺷـﺎﻥ[‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻴﺒﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«؛ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﴫ[‬

‫‪» -199‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﳝ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﺀٌ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .199‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ]ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻳﻲ[ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ]ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ[ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺷﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -200‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺰ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﻭﺻﱪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .200‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻫـﺪﻑ ﻛﺴـﺐ ﺍﺟـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻡ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪200‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫‪» -201‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .201‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻢ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‪ (...‬ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺖ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﯽ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ[‬

‫‪» -202‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪‬‬

‫ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶﺔﹸ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭﻟﹶﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻐ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺚﹶ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺁﺑ‪‬ﺎﺅ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺑ‪‬ﺎﺅ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .202‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫـﻴﭻ ]ﭘـﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣـﺎﺩﺭ[‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻧﺮﺳـﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪] :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻳﻢ[ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﻢ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﺗﺎﻥ ]ﺑﺎﻫﻢ[ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺼﻴﺒﺔ[‬

‫‪» -203‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﺇﹺ ﹾﻥ ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬ﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪ ‬ﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﻭﻟﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬

‫ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺖ‬

‫‪201‬‬

‫‪ .203‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﻪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭘـﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻨـﺰﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ(! ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻡ ﻣﺼـﻴﺒﺖ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺘـﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ[‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ ﻫـﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ‪ ،‬ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍﺿـﻲ ﻧﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -204‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻘﹾﻂﹶ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻏ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬

‫)ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﺿ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻝﹸ( ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻘﹾﻂﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻏ‪‬ﻢ‪) ‬ﺃﹶﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﺿ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻝﹸ( ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺩﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻳﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .204‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺳ‪‬ـﻘﻂ‬ ‫)ﺑﭽﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺵ ﺳﻘﻂ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪] ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ[ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ )ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣـﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﺩ[‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺳﻘﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴـﺘﻲ! ﻭﺍﻟـﺪﻳﻨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻓﺶ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫]ﻧﻮﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻮﺻﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩﺵ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ[‬

‫‪» -205‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻷَﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﻀﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻓﹸﺆ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .205‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺷﻌﺮﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔـﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ]ﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﻓﻮﺕ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺟﮕﺮﮔﻮﺷـﻪﺍﺵ )ﺛﻤـﺮﻩﻱ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻴﺶ( ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴـﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﭼﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪202‬‬

‫»ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ« ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﺴـﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﺣﻤﺪ« ﺑﻨﺎﻣﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪» ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾ[‬

‫‪» -206‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺀِ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺﺽ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﹸﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀُﻭﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﹾﺛﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻢ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﱠﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹸﻛﹶﻔﱢﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ .206‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻄﺎء ﺑﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ]ﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﺑﻴﻤـﺎﺭ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴـﺪ[ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺕﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ؟ ﭘﺲ ]ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺕﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻤـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ –‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺁﮔﺎﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬـﺪﻩﻱ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﻔﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺷـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ )ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺒﺨﺸـﻢ( ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻨﻢ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F52‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؛ ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﻋﻄﺎء ﺑﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺖ‬

‫‪203‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻢ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪...‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﹸ‬ ‫]ﺍﳊ ﹼﻤﯽ[‬

‫‪» -207‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻄﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﻈﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺂﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .207‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺐ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﺑﻮﺩ )ﺗﺒﺶ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ( ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻢ ﻣﺴـﻠﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻱ ﺁﺗﺸﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ[‬

‫‪» -208‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺁﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ .208‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤـﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻨﺸﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ )ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻛﻦ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ )ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ( ﻭ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻱ )ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ( ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻳـﻪﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪204‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻃﻠﺐ ﺁﻣﺮﺯﺵ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ[‬

‫‪» -209‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻒ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹸﻭﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺃﹸﻭﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑﹺﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻐﻔﹶﺎﺭﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .209‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻫـﺮ ﻗﻨﻄـﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺍﺭﺯﺵﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ]ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ]ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ[ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﻱ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺁﻣﺮﺯﺵ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F53‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻭﻗﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -22‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺼﺎﺹ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺎﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ[‬

‫‪» -210‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹲ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹶﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﹾﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪‬؟«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .210‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻻﻧﻪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﺳـﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳـﺪ ]ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺗـﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑـﻞ[ ﺍﻣﺘـﻲ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F54‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﲬﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﻭ‪[...‬‬

‫‪» -211‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‬

‫ﺤﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤﺖ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺪ‪‬ﻏﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸ ‪‬ﺧﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻠﱠﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ؟!«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .211‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ]ﺗـﺎ ﻛﻤـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻛﻨـﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫]ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻭ[ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻻﻧـﻪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﺰﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪206‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ[‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﻲ ]ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻬﯽ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ[‬

‫‪» -212‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶ‪‬ﻧﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺪ‪‬ﻏﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹸ ‪‬ﺣﺮﹺﻗﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻠﱠﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺠﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸ ‪‬ﺧﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫‪ .212‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺣـﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ † ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ]ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻭ[ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳـﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻻﻧـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺣـﻲ ﻛـﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ[‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﻲ ]ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ[«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -213‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔـﺎﻭﺕ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪ ‬ﺘﻚ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ـﻢﹺ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪» «‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟!«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ[‬

‫‪» -214‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹶ‪‬ﻧﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺮﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹶﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .214‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻻﻧـﻪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﻫـﺎ ﺳـﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ[‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳـﺪ ]ﻭ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ[ ﺍﻣﺘﻲ ]ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ[ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺼﺎﺹ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‪...‬‬

‫‪207‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﯽ ﻗﺘﻞ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬ ﹼﺭ[‬

‫‪» -215‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‬

‫ﺤﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹶﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺤﺖ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺪ‪‬ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﺘﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﻤﻠﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺠﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸ ‪‬ﺧﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻠﱠﺎ ﻧ‪ ‬ﻤﻠﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ؟«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .215‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ]ﺗـﺎ ﻛﻤـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻛﻨـﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫]ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻭ[ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻻﻧـﻪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ[‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﻲ ]ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ[«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -216‬ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (214‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪» ،«...‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪«...‬‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻬﯽ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ[‬

‫‪» -217‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‬

‫ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﻤﻠﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹶﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻼﱠ ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .217‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻻﻧﻪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﻫـﺎ ﺳـﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ]ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ[‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﭼـﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤـﻲﺳـﻮﺯﺍﻧﻲ ]ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ[«؟«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -23‬ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﻪﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ«‬

‫‪» -218‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻤﺮﹺﻭ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﺹﹺ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎ‬

‫ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪         ‬‬

‫‪ ﴾...‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪         ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾  ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ...‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ – ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺒﻜ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪‬؟« ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺧﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ - :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻢ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﺍ ﹾﺫﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻞﹾ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺀُﻙ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .218‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺹ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪    ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾...     ‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪» [٣٦ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ «...‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪    ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾       ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪» [١١٨ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺑﺎﺣﻜﻤﺘﻲ« ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﻭ ]ﺳﭙﺲ[‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺁﮔﺎﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪210‬‬

‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ! ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﭙﺮﺱ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ]ﻋﻠﺖ ﮔﺮﻳﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ[ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ؛ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ – ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺁﮔﺎﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ! ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ]ﺑﺎ ﻋﻔﻮ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ[ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ]ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F5‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ«‬

‫‪» -219‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻗﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪ ‬ﺒﻠﹸﻎﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻜﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﻭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻬﻠ‪‬ﻜﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﱢﻂﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹸﺴِﻬﹺﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﻀ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻜﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻂﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹸﺴِﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮﹺ ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻄﹶﺎﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻗﻄﹶﺎﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .219‬ﺍﺯ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﻣـﺘﻢ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﮔﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﻗﺮﻣـﺰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ )ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ( ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻣـﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﻗﺤﻄـﻲ ﻋﻤـﻮﻣﻲ‬ ‫)ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ( ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪   ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪] ﴾ ‬ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻲ‪» [5 :‬ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ )ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ( ﻋﻄﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪211‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕﺷـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻳﺸـﻪﻛـﻦ ﻛﻨـﺪ؛‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﻣﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﻜﻤﻲ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ )ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘـﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺤﻄﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫـﻼﻙ ﻧﻤـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﻲ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻳﺸـﻪﻛـﻦ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ – ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ(‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ –‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺴـﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻫـﻼﻙ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F56‬‬

‫‪» -220‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻗﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻮ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻼﹶﺑ‪‬ﺔﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻧ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪] .220‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ[ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﺍﻋـﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻢ( ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﮔﻨﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ )ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ( ‪ .«...‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻼﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ؛ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪.(219‬‬ ‫‪» -221‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻮﹺﻳﻠﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﹾﻟﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﻐ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﺄﹾﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﮔﻨﺞ ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺞﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺼﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪212‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬ ‫) ‪(1‬‬

‫‪ .221‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻴـﻪ‬

‫‪F57‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻛﻌﺖ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺟـﺎﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩ )ﻣـﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻨـﻊ ﻛـﺮﺩ )ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻮﻣﻲ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺩ(؛ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﺍﻣـﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻕﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﻱﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ[‬

‫‪» -222‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬

‫ﺖ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺽ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻗﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺻ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪- ‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﹺﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫)ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،(‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶ‪‬ﺑﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪) ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔﹶ(‪ - ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻜﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺯ‪‬ﻭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﱢﻂﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻜﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺒﹺﺴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺱ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﺾﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻂﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻜﹶﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻗﻄﹶﺎﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻨﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻠﱢﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻭﺛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻛ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺬﱠﺍﺑﹺﲔ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺮﹺﻳﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹶ ﻃﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻔﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪.«‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﻪ« ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺨﺪﺍ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻬﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻣﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻬﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪] .‬ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ[‬

‫ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫‪213‬‬

‫‪ .222‬ﺍﺯ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ - ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﮔﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ( ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ ﺗﻮ )ﺩﻳﻦ ﺗﻮ( ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻱ )ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺗﻮ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ(‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ ]ﻛـﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ[‪ :‬ﮔﺮﺳـﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫)ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻣـﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮﺭﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻤﻲ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ )ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻـﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ( ﻭ ﻣﻦ )ﺧﺪﺍ( ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨﺎﻑ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺸﻨﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮ ]ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ[ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥﺷـﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ]ﮔﻤـﺮﺍﻩﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ[‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺑﺖﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺟ‪‬ﺎﻻﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﻍﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻲ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ[ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﺮﻳـﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺍﺩﻋـﺎﻱ ﻧﺒـﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ]ﺍﻣﺎ[ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺣﻖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺿﺮﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ )ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ(«‪.‬‬

‫‪214‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ[‬

‫‪» -223‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ـ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ـ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻗﹶﺐ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﻛﹸﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻞﹾ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﻏﹶﺐﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﹾﻟﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺙﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﹾﻟﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻬﻠ‪‬ﻜﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﹾﻬﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺒﹺﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .223‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺒـﺎﺏ( ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﺑـﺪﺭ ﺣﻀـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ )ﭘﺪﺭﺵ( ﻳﻚ ﺷﺐ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤـﻪﻱ ﺷـﺐ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺠـﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺒﺎﺏ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﻡ ﻓﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺸﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ )ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻀﺮﻉ ﻭ ﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺳﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ؛ ﺩﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ(؛ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻢ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻧﻜﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫]ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -24‬ﻏﺎﻟﺐﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺗﻮﺑﻪﻱ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻤﻢ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾  ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -224‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹶﻠﹾﻖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻛ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵﹺ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .224‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫)ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻤﻢ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ(«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -225‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹶ ﹾﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪] .225‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ[ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ )ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ(‪ :‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻤﻢ ﭘﻴﺸﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ«‬

‫‪» -226‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻓ‪ ‬ﻴﻪ‪» :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪ ‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﱵ ﻏﹶﻠﹶﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﱯ« ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻀﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻖ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .226‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻤﻢ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ« ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪216‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻮﺕ[‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ[‬

‫‪» -227‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .227‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻤﻢ ﻏﻠﺒـﻪ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ )ﻏﺎﻟـﺐ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪] :‬ﻓﯽ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ[‬

‫‪» -228‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ«‪.‬‬

‫‪» .228‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺟـﺐ ﻛـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻤﻢ ﭘﻴﺸﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪ 227‬ﻭ ‪ 228‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪[﴾    ﴿] :‬‬ ‫‪» -229‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺ ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻌﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶ ﹾﺫﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺫﹶ‪‬ﻧﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﺫﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﺎﹰ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻐﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬؟ ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺚﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ - ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺫﹾﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺫﹶ‪‬ﻧﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺫﹾﻧ‪ ‬ﺒﺖ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ – ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬؟ ﻏﹶﻔﹶ ‪‬ﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺚﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺫﹾﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺫﹶ‪‬ﻧﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺫﹾﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،- ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻐﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱠ‪‬ﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬؟ ﻏﹶﻔﹶ ‪‬ﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺛﹶﻼﹶﺛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﺎﻟﺐﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫‪217‬‬

‫‪ .229‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﮔﻨـﺎﻫﻲ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺨﺶ؛ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫]ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ[ ﻣﻌﺎﻗﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؟ )ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧـﺪ(‪،‬‬ ‫]ﭘﺲ[ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﮔﺬﺷـﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨـﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌـﺪ‬ ‫]ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ[ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺒﺨﺶ؛‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸـﺪ ﻭ ]ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ[ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؟ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻡ؛‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ ﺑﺴـﺎ‬ ‫)ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ ]ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ[ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎ )ﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺶ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ]ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ[ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻗﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؟ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ(‪] ،‬ﭘﺲ[ ﻫﺮﺳﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F58‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﳖﺎ ﺗﻐﻠﺐ ﻏﻀﺐ[‬

‫‪» -230‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺫﹾﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶ‪‬ﻧﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻏﹾﻔ‪ ‬ﺮ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺫﹾﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺫﹾﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺫﹾﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺫﹾﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻢ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﺯﺵ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭِ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪218‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﺫﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺬﱠﻧ‪‬ﺐﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶ ‪‬ﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .230‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﮔﻨـﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺶ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ]ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ[ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ]ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ[ ﺑـﺮ ﺳـﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺍﺧﺬﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ]ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ]ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺆﺍﺧﺬﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﮔﻨـﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺒﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ]ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺆﺍﺧﺬﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ]ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﻣـﻦ![ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺑﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ«‬

‫‪» -231‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﺮ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻔﹶﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺷ‪ ‬ﺒﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﹺﻝﹸ‪.«...‬‬ ‫‪ .231‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﮔﻤـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﺑـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«؛ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﺗﻮﺑـﻪﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﺵ‬ ‫)ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ( ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﺘﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ – ﻛـﻪ ﻗـﺒﻼً ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻏﺎﻟﺐﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫‪219‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﻧﺎﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ‪] .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪» [:‬ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﻳـﻚ ﻭﺟـﺐ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻩﺭﻓﺘﻦ )ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﻭﻳـﺪﻥ‬

‫)ﺳﺮﻋﺖ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F59‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -232‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ‬ ‫ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﻜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪ ‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹸﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ‬

‫ﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻨﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻨﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻟﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺟ‪‬ﻮ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺅ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .232‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼـﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﻟـﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩﺗـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻛﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻝﺗﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﻧﻤـﻲﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﺳـﺘﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻭﺭﻗﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ 52‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪220‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻱ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ! ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻟﻄـﻒ‬

‫ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F60‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ »ﺭ‪‬ﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ« ﻭ »ﺍﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻲ ﻧُﻌﻢ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ« ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭ‪‬ﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻧُﻌﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺍﻫـﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺟﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩﺵ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻙ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪] ﴾...        ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪» [72 :‬ﺑﻲﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﻛﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‪ «...‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ؛ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﺘﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -25‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺬﺭ) ‪ (1‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺬﺭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺩ‪‬‬ ‫‪F61‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺇﻟﯽ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ[‬

‫‪» -233‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭﹺ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ «‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .233‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧـﺬﺭ ﻧﻬـﻲ‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ) ‪ (2‬ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻧﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ )ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬـﻲ‬ ‫‪F62‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ]ﺩﺳﺖ[ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺨﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ]ﺑـﻪ ﻭﺍﺳـﻄﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ[«) ‪.(3‬‬ ‫‪F63‬‬

‫‪» -234‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪» :‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ «‪.‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﻧﺬﺭ« ﺩﺭ ﻟﻐﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮ« ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺷﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴـﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺪﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺷﺮﻉ‪» ،‬ﻧﺬﺭ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻠﺰﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﺵ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﺵ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﻬﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻘﺼﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﻘـﻖ ﺍﻣـﻮﺭﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺬﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺭﺿـﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﮔـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻭﻓﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺬﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷـﺨﺺ ﻭ ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓـﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺬﺭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻳﻪﻱ ﴿‪] ﴾ ‬ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪» [7 :‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺬﺭ ﻭﻓﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ« ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺬﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻲﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪222‬‬

‫‪ .234‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻧـﺬﺭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷـﺨﺺ ]ﻧﺬﺭﻛﻨﻨـﺪﻩ[‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺬﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ ]ﻭ ﺑـﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﻪ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫]ﺩﺳﺖ[ ﺑﺨﻴﻞ ]ﻣﺎﻟﻲ[ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ ]ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -235‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪ ‬ﻖ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .235‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻧـﺬﺭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﻣﻘـﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺬﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ]ﺩﺳﺖ[ ﺑﺨﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣـﻲﻛﺸـﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮ ﻭﻱ ﻫﻤـﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺁﺳـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ![ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﻦ )ﺑﺒﺨﺶ( ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﻨﻢ )ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﯽ ﺻﻠﯽ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ[‬

‫‪» -236‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﹺﻳﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .236‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ )ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ (‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ )ﺍﺳﻢ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ(«‪.‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺬﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻴﻞ ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫‪223‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﯽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ[‬

‫‪» -237‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪) :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﷲَ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ(‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ – )ﻭﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺜﹶﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ - (‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ .237‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪) :‬ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ(‪» :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳـﻮﻧﺲ ﺑـﻦ ﻣﺘـﻲ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻡ«‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺜﻨﻲ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻔـﻆ »ﻟﻌﺒـﺪ‪ «‬ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻔﻆ »ﻟﻲ« ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -238‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .238‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺴـﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﭘـﺪﺭﺵ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺩ )ﺍﺳﻢ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ(«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F64‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳـﻮﻧﺲ ﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻳـﻮﻧﺲ ﺑـﻦ ﻣﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻳـﻮﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎﻥِ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻥِ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺗﻨـﺰﻝ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫـﻢ ﻓﻀـﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﺑـﻪ ﻓﻀـﻴﻠﺖ ﻧﺒـﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﺃﻧﺎ« ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻗﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹾﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ «‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪224‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭِ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻘﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻴﺴﺖ‪] ﴾        ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ‪» [32 :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺏﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰﮔﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -26‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺫﺍﻳﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﺻﺖﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻫﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻫﻲﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪» :‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻗﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﺭﻋﺔ«‬

‫‪ ...» -239‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺒﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹶﻛﱠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺍﻳﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺂﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .239‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺻـﺤﺒﺖ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺯﻳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ]ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫)ﻗﺮﺽ( ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧـﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳـﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧـﺪ )ﻳـﺎ ﺗﺨﻔﻴـﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ(؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻳﺪ )ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪» -240‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺟﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻃﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪ ‬ﻌﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .240‬ﺍﺑﻮﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ب ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛـﻪ ]ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ[‪» :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ]ﻓﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼـﻪ‬

‫‪226‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪] ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﻠﺖ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ )ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳـﺨﺖ ﻧﻤـﻲﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻢ(‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ )ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺖ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -241‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫‪ ،﴾ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺁﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﺎﻳﹺﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪   ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .241‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪] :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» [:‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ]ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ]ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪] :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ[‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪  ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪» [٤٢ :‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ«؛ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﺘﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ[ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴـﺖ ﻭﺍﻡ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻘﺒﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺟ‪‬ﻬﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ )ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ( ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -242‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻂﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻏ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺴِﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ‪...‬‬

‫‪227‬‬

‫‪ .242‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ]ﻓﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ[ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸـﺪ‬ ‫)ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ( ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻫﻤﻨﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻣـﻲﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺑﺮﺧـﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﻲ)ﺗﻮﺍﻧﮕﺮﻱ( ﺑﻮﺩ‪] ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ[ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻼً ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ(؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -243‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻳﹺﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .243‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺘﻲ ]ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ ﻭﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧـﺖ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻣﺶ[ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻭﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺎ ﮔﺬﺷـﺖ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫]ﻓﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫]ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﯽ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ[‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﹸ‬

‫‪» -244‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻳﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻏﹸﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺍﻳﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺿ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .244‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ]ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ[‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧـﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭﺵ ﻣـﻲﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻫﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻴـﺪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪228‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧـﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﻢ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪] :‬ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺪﻫﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ[‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻴـﺪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﻧﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﴪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ[‬

‫‪» -245‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﺎﻳﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜﱠﺔ‪- ‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .245‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﻓـﻮﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻱ ]ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﺪﻱ[؟ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻭﺍﻡ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ[ ﻭ ]ﺩﺭ ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻢ[ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻜﻪ ﻳﺎ )ﺷـﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻧﻘـﺪ‬ ‫]ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ[‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻉ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﴪ ﹰﺍ[‬

‫‪» -246‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶ‪‬ﻳﻔﹶﺔﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪‬‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺒﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ - :‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﳌﹸﻮﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪.«‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ‪...‬‬

‫‪229‬‬

‫‪ .246‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻛـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ]ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ[ ﺑﻪ ﺧـﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﻢ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﻭﺍﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ[ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴـﺖ ﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳـﺨﺖ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧـﺪ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ«‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -247‬ﺍﺑﻮﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺭِﺑﻌﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳌﹸﻮﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻌ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪» «‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﻋﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺭِﺑﻌﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻮﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﳌﹸﻌ‪‬ﺴِـﺮﹺ«‬ ‫»ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻـﺖ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻫـﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳـﺖ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﴪ ﹰﺍ[‬

‫‪» -248‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻳﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻔ‪ ‬ﺘﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻪ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ 248‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺗـﺎﺟﺮﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ؛ ]ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭﺍﻣﺶ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ[ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ]ﭘﺲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮔﺶ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﯽ ﺑﻨﯽ ﺇﴎﺍﺋﻴﻞ[‬

‫‪» -249‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔﹸ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ – ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ – ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺒﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﺒﹺﺾ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪230‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪ ‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﺎﻳﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺟ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻳ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻮﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﹸﻌ‪‬ﺴِﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .249‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ؛ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻢ )ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻜـﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ]ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ؛ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻫـﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳـﺖ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﭘﺴﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻬﯽ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺸﺎﺀ[‬

‫‪» -250‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺏ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺈﹺﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻐﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﷲِ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺷ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .250‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﺮﻳﻚ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺵ ]ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ[ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪] :‬ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ[ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫]ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ[ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪] ،‬ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ[ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ‪...‬‬

‫‪231‬‬

‫‪ -251‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (250‬ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ »ﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ« ﻟﻔﻆ »ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ »ﻗﺘﻴﺒﻪ« ﻟﻔﻆ »ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -252‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ – ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ – ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ " :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺲﹴ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺﺉﹴ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﷲِ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹰ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺼﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .252‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔـﺮ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦﺷـﺎﻥ ﻋـﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -253‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ :‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺎﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻐﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹴ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺍ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺍ ‪ -‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .253‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻫـﺮ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﻣـﺆﻣﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺵ )ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ(‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﻣـﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧـﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﺻـﻠﺢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ( ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ‬

‫‪232‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (253‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -254‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (253‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔـﺎﻭﺕ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺷﻚ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸـﻮﺍ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ «...‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪.«...‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -255‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (250‬ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪﻱ »ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺼﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ« ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶ‪‬ﻳﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﻭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﳞﺠﺮ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ[‬

‫‪» -256‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬

‫ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡﹺ ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺲﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶ‪‬ﻳﻨﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪) :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ(‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶ‪‬ﻳﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .256‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺮﻙ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺑـﺮﺍﺩﺭﺵ ﻋـﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪] :‬ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ[ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ‪...‬‬

‫‪233‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻷﺩﺏ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺫﻡ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ[‬

‫‪» -257‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَ‪‬ﻧﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﹶﺙ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻌﺮﹺﺽ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﺽ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺃﹸ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡﹺ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .257‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺣـﻼﻝ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺵ )ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( ﻗﻬﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﻗﺪﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ(«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -258‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﱡﻔﹶﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻊﹴ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺀٍ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺘ‪ ‬ﻨﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻﹶ ﺃﹸﻛﹶﻠﱢﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹸﺷ‪‬ﻔﱢﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭﹺﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻃﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﺳﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻮﺙﹶ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺯ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺸ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺩﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻄ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺑﹺﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻻﹶ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﺮﹺ ﺍﳊ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹶﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹶﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﳌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪ ‬ﺘﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺒﹺﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻻﹶﻥ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳍ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢﹴ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻬﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻕ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﹶﺙ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻃﹶﻔ‪‬ﻘﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹶﻛﱢﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻻﹶ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺘ‪ ‬ﺒﻜ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .258‬ﻋﻮﻑ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﻃﻔﻴﻞ )ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﺭﺙ( ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺯﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸـﻪ ل‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﺒـﺪﺍﷲ ﺑـﻦ ﺯﺑﻴـﺮ ]ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﺮﺯﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﺣﻀـﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ[ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ :‬ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬

‫‪234‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺷـﺮﻋﻲ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ )ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺯﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﺭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺯﺑﻴﺮ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﮕـﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻬﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺯﺑﻴﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﺸـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺬﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻜﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺯﺑﻴـﺮ ﺳـﺨﺖ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺯﺑﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ »ﻣ‪‬ﺴﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﻣﻪ« ﻭ »ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺳﻮﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﻐـﻮﺙ«‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺍﺯ »ﺑﻨﻲ ﺯﻫﺮﻩ« ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﺪ( ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﺴﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺩﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺟـﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻲ؟ ﺣﻀـﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﺎ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺯﺑﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﻛـﺮﺩ؛ ﻣﺴـﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒـﺪﺍﷲ ﺻـﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺬﺭﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺕ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻱ ﻣـﻲﮔﺮﻳﺴـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺬﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ]ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ[ ﻧﺬﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺯﺑﻴـﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ )ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﺬﺭﺵ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﻞ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ‪...‬‬

‫‪235‬‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﺬﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻣـﻲﻛـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺷـﻚﻫـﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﭼـﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺧﻴﺲ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ!«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F65‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻳﻞ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻓﯽ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫‪» -259‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‬

‫ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ؟ ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻇ‪‬ﻠﱡﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻇ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻇ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻇ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .259‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ؟! ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺍﻡ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -260‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪ ‬ﺪﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻧﹺ ‪‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬ﺒﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﷲِ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬ﺒﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .260‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻓـﺮﺩﻱ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻨـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺖ(‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺍﻫﺶ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﺠـﺎ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑـﺮﻭﻱ؟‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻱ )ﺁﻳﺎ ﺣﻘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ]ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭﺵ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ[‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺗﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ]ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪ 257‬ﻭ ‪ 258‬ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪236‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ‬ ‫‪ -261‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (259‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻟﻔﻆ »ﺑﹺﺠﹺﻠﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ «‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﻆ »ﻟ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ «‬ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -262‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺫ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺫ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .262‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ )ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ( ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺷﺪ )ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(«‪.‬‬ ‫]ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻞ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﲈﺭﻩی ‪ (٢٦٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﯽ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﴍﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪:‬‬

‫‪» -263‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻳﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻨ‪‬ﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪) ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺛﹶﻼﹶﺛﹸﻮﻥ( ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﹾﻟﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺫﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺠﹺﲑﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺄﹸﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬؟‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﹺ ﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻲ )ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﺋﻲ(‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺬﹶﻧﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﺑﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻭﹺﺭﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺫ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .263‬ﺍﺑﻮ ﺍﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﺧﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺴـﺠﺪ ﺩﻣﺸـﻖ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﮔـﺎﻩ ﺑـﺎ ﺟـﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻕ )ﺧﻮﺵ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ( ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ )ﮔـﺮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺟﻤـﻊ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ(؛ )ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﻔـﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘـﻲ ﺳـﻲ ﻧﻔـﺮ ﺻـﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ( ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ‪...‬‬

‫‪237‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻛﻴﺴـﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ؛ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺵ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺭﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ؟ ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﻳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺩ! ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟـﺐ ﺷـﺪ )ﻣﺤﺒـﺘﻢ ﺷـﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﻓـﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼﺎﺩ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪» «‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ]ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ )ﺧﺪﺍ([ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒـﺎﻃﻲ ﺻـﺎﺩﻗﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﺼـﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﺎﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﺳـﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ »ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺫ‪‬ﻟﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ «‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳊﺐ ﻓﯽ ﺍﷲ[‬

‫‪» -264‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺫﹸ ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﹸﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺒﹺﻄﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺀُ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪238‬‬

‫‪ .264‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻣـﻦ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ )ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ( ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷـﻬﺪﺍ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻏﺒﻄﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺗﻢ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻱ«‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺏ«‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾ[‬

‫‪» -265‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ! ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺﺽ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺪﻩ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪ ‬ﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ! ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺃﹸ ﹾﻃﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻮ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ؟ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪!‬‬

‫ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ! ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﻘ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥﹲ‬

‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪ ‬ﺪﺕ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪‬ﻱ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .265‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺗﻢ ﻧﻴﺎﻣـﺪﻱ! ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺍ! ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴـﺎﻧﻲ؟!‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺗﺶ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻲ؟‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻱ؟! ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﻏﺬﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ! ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻧﻲ؟! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ]ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ[ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤـﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴـﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻃﻌـﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪] ،‬ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ[ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺰﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ؟ ﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ‪...‬‬

‫‪239‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻧﻲ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺩﻱ ]ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ[ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻧﺰﺩﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻱ«؟!) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F6‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻢﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﲢﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ[‬

‫‪» -266‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺫﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻈﹶﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻝﱞ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﹾﻄﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹸﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹾﺴ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﹺﺇﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱡﻧ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻐ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺿ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻐ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶ‪‬ﺗﻘﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻜ‪‬ﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻗﹶ ﹾﻠﺐﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻜ‪‬ﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ‬

‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻨﻘﹸﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻂﹸ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﹺ‪‬ﻧﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟﹸﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭ‪‬ﻓﱢﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪ ‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .266‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻢﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺣـﺮﺍﻡ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﺮﻳﻒ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﻭﺟﺪﺗﲏ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ« ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺁﺏﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨـﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﺟﺰﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪240‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫـﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ ﻃﻠـﺐ ﺑﺨﺸـﺶ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺭﺳـﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎ ﺯﻳـﺎﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻮﺩﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣـﻦ!‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺘﻘﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻠـﻚ ﻭ ﻗـﺪﺭﺕ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺟﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺗـﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷـﻴﺪ )ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺠـﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺟﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﺎﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺷﺖ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺗﻚ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻫﻢ؛ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﺯﻥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ! ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣـﻦ! ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ]ﺟـﺰﺍﻱ[ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻲﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﺼـﻴﺒﺶ ﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺟـﺰ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺯﻧﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F67‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ »ﺇﱐ ﺣﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﯽ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ« ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻇﻠﻢﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻇﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺗﺼﺮّﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﻠﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ‪...‬‬

‫‪241‬‬

‫‪» -267‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺫﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﹺﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠﹾﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻈﹶﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ...‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮﹺﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .267‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﻦ ﻇﻠـﻢﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺣـﺮﺍﻡ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ «...‬ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ«‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (266‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ »ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ« ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪» -268‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺫﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ! ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻝﱞ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﳍﹸﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻗﹾﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺬﹾﻧﹺﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹸﻭ ﻗﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳌﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻏﹶ ﹶﻔﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻃﹾﺒ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻜ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺡ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﹾﻃﺒ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺟﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺷﻘﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻜ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺡ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻃﹾﺒ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﻛﹸﻞﱡ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻜ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﮐﻠﮑﻢ ﺿﺎﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﺘﻪ« ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﮐﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ«‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍً ﺩﺭ ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ -1 :‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩﺑﻮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺜﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ -2 .‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺷﺖﺗﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﭘﺎﻙﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﺘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ »ﲣﻄﺌﻮﻥ« ﻭ »ﲣﻄﺌﻮﻥ« ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻉ »ﺧﻄﯽﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﻄﺄ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫»ﺃﺧﻄﺄ« ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪» ،‬ﲣﻄﺌﻮﻥ« ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻔﻆ »ﺧﻄﺄ« ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺪﻱ )ﺳﻬﻮﻱ( ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪242‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑﹺﻲ ﻛﹶﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﻟ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .268‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ! ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠـﺐ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ ﻃﻠـﺐ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ )ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﻳﺪ( ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻢ )ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ]ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺑﻪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ[ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫـﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺍﻭﻟـﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺟﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺘﻘﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓـﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﮔـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻴﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ( ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺑﺎﻝ ﭘﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑـﻲﺟـﺎﻥ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻠﺐ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻳﻴﺪ )ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺠﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ( ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺑﺎﻝ ﭘﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﻤـﻲﻛﺎﻫـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺟﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺷﺘﻲ ﭘﻬﻨـﺎﻭﺭ ﮔـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗـﻚ ﺗـﻚ ﺍﻓـﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﻻ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ )ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟!( ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ]ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ[ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ "ﮔﻔﺘﻦ" ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮕـﻮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮ! ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪243‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ«‬

‫‪ -269‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺗﺮﻣـﺬﻱ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ‬ ‫‪ (268‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔـﺎﻭﺕ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻘـﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺗـﺄﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻃﹾﺒ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ «‬ﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻦﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﲢﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﱪ[‬

‫‪ -270‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺪﺭﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻻ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺇﺯﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺎﺀ ﺭﺩﺍﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﺯﻋﲏ ﻋﺬﺑﺘﻪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .270‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩﺍﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻦﭘـﻮﺵ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﺻـﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪] .‬ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻـﻔﺎﺕ[‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F68‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻟﻜﱪ[‬ ‫‪» -1‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﺯﻋﲏ ﻋﺬﺑﺘﻪ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﻖﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ »ﺇﺯﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﺩﺍﺀ« ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻭﺩﺛﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﯼ« ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺯﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ »ﺇﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺭﺩﺍء« ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﭼـﻮﻥ »ﺇﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺭﺩﺍء« ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒـﺎﺋﻴﺶ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺯﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻔﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺯﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻴﺶ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪244‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪» -271‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺍﹾﻟﻜ‪ ‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺇﹺﺯ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺬﹶﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .271‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻦﭘﻮﺵ )ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺯﻡ( ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﱪ[‬ ‫‪ -272‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (271‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻟﻔﻆ »ﻓﹶﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ« ﻟﻔﻆ »ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ «‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪﻱ »ﻗﹶﺬﹶﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ« ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ «‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -273‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻗﺒـﻞ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ‬ ‫‪ (271‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ـﺪ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -27‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺧﻀﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻀﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪:‬‬

‫‪» -274‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹶﻀ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶ ‪‬ﻌﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻢ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺ ﹾﺫ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﻮﺗ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹴ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹸﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻢ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﻮﺗ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ - ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺷ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮﻥ‪ - ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺑﹺﻄﹸﻮﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .274‬ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒـﺎﺱ ب ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻧَـﻮﻑ ﺑ‪‬ﻜـﺎﻟﻲ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﮔﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻀﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﺎﻱ ]ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ[ ﺑﻨـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﻓـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﮔﻔﺖ‪] :‬ﺁﻥ[ ﺩﺷـﻤﻦ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺍُﺑـﻲ ﺑـﻦ ﻛﻌـﺐ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋـﻪﻱ ﺧﻄﺒـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ )ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺒﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺯﻧﺶ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ! ]ﺗﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻲ[ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ ) ‪ (1‬ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪F69‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻼﻗﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﻣﻔﺴـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻑ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺳﻮﺋﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﻨـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺭﻳـﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﻤـﺮ ﻳـﺎ ﺩﺭﻳـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ )ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻲ ﺧﺮﻡﺩﻝ( – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪246‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺎ‬ ‫)ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ]ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳـﻨﺪ ﺍﺳـﺖ[ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪] :‬ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ [:‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻡ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺒﻴﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﻳـﻚ ﻣـﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺒﻴﻠﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺶ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺷﻊ ﺑﻦ ﻧﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺨﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ ]ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ[ ﭘﺲ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ «....‬ﺗـﺎ ﺁﺧـﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﻩی ﻛﻬﻒ[‬

‫ﺤﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪» -275‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪ ‬ﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺍﻟﺒ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻮﺗ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﹸﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ،‬ﺛﹶﻢ‪ ...‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .275‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﻭﺣـﻲ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻧﺰﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺍﻧـﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ )ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻢ(؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣـﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺒﻴﻠـﻲ ﻣـﻲﮔـﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻫﺮﺟـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔـﻢ ﻛـﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎﺳﺖ‪ ،«...‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﲔ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -276‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪) ‬ﺃﹶﻱﹺ ﺍﷲُ( ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺤﺮ‪‬ﻳﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺭﹺﻗﹸﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺍﻟﺒ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﹸﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﻮﺗ‪‬ﺎ‪ ...‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪]» .276‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ[‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺯﻧﺶ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻢ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ‪...‬‬

‫‪247‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮﻭ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ )ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﻪ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻌﻠﻲ )ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳـﺎﻥ( ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ )ﺳـﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺑـﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨـﻪ( ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪] ،‬ﺧﻀﺮ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﺳـﺖ[‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ 7‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 221‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻛﻬـﻒ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠـﺎﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺟﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -28‬ﺳﺰﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﯽ ﺇﴎﺍﺋﻴﻞ[‬

‫‪» -277‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪‬ﺏﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬

‫ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺰﹺﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﱢﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺄﹶ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻨ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .277‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺪﺏ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ )ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ( ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ]ﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ[ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﺎﻗﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ]ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻮﻥﺭﻳﺰﻱ[ ﺟﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﺮﮔﺶ ﺑـﺮ ﻣـﻦ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F70‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﺪﺍً ﻭ ﻋﺎﻗﻼً ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑـﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺸـﻲ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺣـﻼﻝﺩﺍﻧﺴـﺘﻦِ ﺣـﺮﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻛﻔﺮﺵ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﺶ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﮔﺶ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ« ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ؛ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺯﻣـﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﻠﺶ ﺟﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺟﻠﺶ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺮﺩ؛ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﻤـﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺬﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠـﺶ ﻣﻄﻠـﻊ ﻧﻨﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻫـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻛﻔﺮ؛ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ[‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﮔﺮﻛﺸﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﻔـﺲ ﻭ ﺟـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -29‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻏﺘﺴﻞ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻧ ﹰﺎ[‬

‫‪» -278‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻐﺘ‪‬ﺴِﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺜ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻨ‪ ‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻻﹶ ﻏ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﻲ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .278‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻮﺏ ‪‬‬ ‫)ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ( ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ )ﺣﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﺦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻼ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨـﺪ )ﻃـﻼ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺦ( ﻭ ﺍﻳﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ]ﺟﻤﻊﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ[‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﺶ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨـﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻼﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺰﺗﺖ‪] ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ[‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ]ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ]ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ[ ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾      ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ ﴿‪[﴾    ‬‬ ‫‪ -279‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪﻱ »ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ« ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻏﺘﺴﺎﻝ[‬ ‫‪ -280‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (278‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻻﹶ ﻏ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪» ،«‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻏ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ «‬ﺭﺍ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -30‬ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻳﻔﻪﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻢ‪[...‬‬

‫‪» -281‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲُ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻏ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹸﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .281‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍ! ﻃﺎﻳﻔـﻪﻱ ﺍﺳـﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻃﺎﻳﻔﻪﻱ ﻏﻔﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﺪ )ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻏﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫـﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑـﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺎﺕ ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ )‪.(‬‬ ‫‪» -282‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺑ‪ ‬ﹾﻜﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺲﹴ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻏ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻳﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻏ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻢﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹶﻄﹶﻔﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .282‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﺮﻉ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﺑﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺯﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻃﺎﻳﻔﻪﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻔـﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣ‪‬ﺰﻳﻨـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻌﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺎﻳﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺎﻳﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻄﻔﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ]ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ[؟! ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻴـﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻤﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫)ﻃﺎﻳﻔﻪﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻪ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ )ﻃﺎﻳﻔﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻋـﺎﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻄﻔـﺎﻥ(‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -31‬ﺁﺳﺎﻥﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ]ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ[‬ ‫)ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ(‬

‫) ‪(1‬‬ ‫‪F71‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪﻱ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﺎً ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺣﻴـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺑـﻦ ﺣـﺰﺍﻡ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺣـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻋﺼﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮﺧﺎﺵ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺻـﺒﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ ﺗـﺎ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺩﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺨﺼـﺎً ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺳـﻮﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑـﻪ ﺣﻀـﻮﺭ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻫﺸـﺎﻡ! ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸـﺎﻡ ﺳـﻮﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻋﻤـﺮ! ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ـﻪ‪«‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﻞ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺑﻌﻴـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﻈـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﻼﻍ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻼﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﺮﻱ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﻬﺠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﺎً ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺠـﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻼ‪» :‬ﺃﻗﺒـﻞ« ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ »ﻫﻠﻢ« ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻬﺠﻪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻛﻨـﺪ؛‬

‫‪256‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺜﻼً‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻫﺬﻳﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ »ﺣﺘﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ« ﺭﺍ »ﻋﺘﻲ ﻋﻴﻦ« ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﺍً ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﺴـﻮﺥ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻟﻬﺠﻪﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻬﺠﻪﻱ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨـﻪ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻧـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥﺷﻤﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﺳﺎﻥﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤـﺮ ﺑـﺎ ﻫﺸـﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺮﻑ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﻗﺮﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻔـﻆ ﻣﺸـﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴـﺐ ﺁﻳـﻪﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻼﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ« ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﺺ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺳﺦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺴـﻮﺥ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﺘﺜﻨﺎء« ﺩﺍﻧﺴـﺘﻪﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺳﺦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺺ« ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺑﻄـﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﺤـﻮﻩﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺋـﺖ ﻛﻠﻤـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺭﺍﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺰﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻃﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺣﻜـﻢ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﺰﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘـﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺭﻳـﺎﻥ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧـﻮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻔـﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﻳﺎﻥ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺫ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﴿‪‬‬

‫‪ ﴾‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﺷﺎﺫ ﴿ﻛﺎﻟﺼﻮﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻮﺵ﴾ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼً ﺟﺰﻭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺟﺎﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﺎﻥﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫‪257‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺘﺎﺡ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ[‬

‫‪» -283‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬

‫ﻏ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﺗ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﺮﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .283‬ﺍﺯ ﺍُﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺑﺮﻛـﻪﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻏﻔﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ‪ ‬ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻲ )ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻫـﻲ(‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪] :‬ﺍﻭﻻً[ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﺒﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻬـﺎﻱ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺋـﺖﻫـﺎﻱ ﺷـﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓـﻊ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧـﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴـﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺗﻔـﺎﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺸـﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫـﻢ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌـﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪] .‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﺩ ﺣـﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﻣﻼ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺍﺣﻤﺪﻳﺎﻥ‪.[(/‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺫﻛﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻥﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻟﻬﺠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻞﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻬﺠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻬﺠﻪﻱ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﺩﺍﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﴿‪ ﴾     ‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ‪ ‬ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺺ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻜﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﻋﻠﻢ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪258‬‬

‫ﭼﺸﻢﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻣـﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺪﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺍﻣﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] :‬ﺍﻭﻻً[ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭼﺸﻢﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸـﺶ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺳـﻮﻡ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻪ ﺣـﺮﻑ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻲ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] :‬ﺍﻭﻻً[ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭼﺸﻢﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻃﻠـﺒﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ[‬

‫‪» -284‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺫﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶﺔﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﺴﺄﹶﹾﻟﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﱠﻒ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺑﹺﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻩ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﱠﻘﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮ‬ ‫ﺁﻳ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .284‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺳـﻪ ]ﻛـﺲ ﻳـﺎ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ[‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ]ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻛﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ[‪ (1) :‬ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻧـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﻧـﺪ ﺧﻮﺷـﺎﻭﻧﺪﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻤـﻚ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻤـﻚ ﻧﻤـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ[ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫– ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ – ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ (2) .‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻤـﺎﻡ ﺷـﺐ ﻣﺴـﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺴـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ]ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪259‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﺎﻥﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺣﺪ[ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺍ )ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ( ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ (3) .‬ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﺠﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﻭﺑـﻪﺭﻭ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﻳﺰﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﻭ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺯﻝﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻛﻮﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ[‬

‫‪» -285‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻇﹾﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ )ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ (‬ﺇﹺ ﹾﺫ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻔﹶﻰ ﺇﹺ ﹾﻏﻔﹶﺎﺀَﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸ ﹾﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬؟! ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺁﻧﹺﻔﹰﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪*    ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬‬

‫‪      ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾     ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﺛﹶﺮ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻛ‪‬ﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﺞ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪ ‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .285‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻫـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻣﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻲ ﺳﺒﻚ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺒﺴﻢ ﺳـﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﭼـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺧﻨـﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺳـﻮﺭﻩ ﺑـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻧـﺎﺯﻝ ﺷـﺪ‪*    ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪) ﴾           ‬ﺳـــﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜـــﻮﺛﺮ(‬ ‫»ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻛﻮﺛﺮ )ﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻲﻧﻬـﺎﻳﺘﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺣـﺎﻝ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻦ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﻚ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻛﻴﻨﻪﺗـﻮﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺑﻲﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻲﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ«؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻛـﻮﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﺶ ﺁﮔﺎﻩﺗﺮﻧـﺪ؛ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻛـﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﻬـﺮﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪260‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻇﺮﻭﻓﺶ )ﺟﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﺶ( ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﺟﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﻣـﺎﻧﻊ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ( ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻣـﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣـﺖ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﯽ ﺻﻠﯽ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ[‬

‫‪» -286‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻃﹶﻠﹾﺤ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﹾ ‪‬ﻤﻠﹶﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .286‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﻃﻠﺤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﺍﺵ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ؛ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ‪] :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ![ ﺁﺛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﺍﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ]ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟[ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻧـﺰﺩﻡ ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫]ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» [:‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻓـﺮﺩﻱ ﺑـﺮ ﺗـﻮ ﺩﺭﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ؟!«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻣﮋﺩﻩﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺧﺪﻳﺠﻪ ل ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾    ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -287‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﳚ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹾﺮﹺﺋﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪ ‬ﺮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺒ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻗﹶﺼ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﺻ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺐ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .287‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ‪ ‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪]» :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ![ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﻳﺠﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫ﺁﺳﺎﻥﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫‪261‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] .‬ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺳﻼﻡ ﭘﺮﺭﻭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ[ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻭﺍﺭﻳـﺪ ﺁﺑـﺪﺍﺭ ﻣـﮋﺩﻩ ﺩﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧـﻪ ﺳـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲﺍﻱ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﯽ ﺻﻠﯽ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺧﺪﳚﺔ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺿﯽ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫‪» -288‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﳚ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎﺀٌ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺗ‪ ‬ﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪ ‬ﺮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺼ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﺻ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺐ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ .288‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ‪ ‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺧﺪﺍ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﻳﺠﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺧـﻮﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘـﺲ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻧـﺰﺩﺕ ﺁﻣـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻃـﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺁﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲﺍﻱ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -32‬ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺫﻡ ﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻛﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﲢﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ[‬

‫‪» -289‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺀِ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .289‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻛﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻏﻴﺮِ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺶ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ[‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -290‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻏﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺀِ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪ ‬ﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮﻱﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .290‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻏﻴﺮِ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﻭﻱﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺰﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻛـﺎﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -291‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺔﹶ )ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ (‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪264‬‬

‫ﺐ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺀِ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﻄﻠﹸ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .291‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻮﻓﻀﺎﻟﻪ ‪) ‬ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ]ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗـﺎﺕ[ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﻚ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ( ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﺶ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ]ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ[ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻲﻧﻴـﺎﺯﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F72‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺟﺴﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡﺷﺪﻥ ﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻙ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪] ﴾...        ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ‪» [5 :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻛﻴﺰﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻱ ﻭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺐ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺒـﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍء ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ – ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺍﷲ ‪ . -‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﺷﺒﺎﻩ« ﺣﻤﻮﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺧـﻼﺹ‬ ‫ﺳﺮّ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؛ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪﺍﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﻠـﺺ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺗﺶ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﻧـﻮﻭﻱ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺫﻡ ﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‬

‫‪265‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ]ﺻﺒﺮ[ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺃﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪] ،‬ﻓﯽ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ[‬

‫‪» -292‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺄﹾﻥ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱢﲔﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﺴِﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜﱠﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱢﺋﹶﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﺋﹸﻮﻥﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﺒﹺﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻔﹾﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺄﹶ‪‬ﺑﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .292‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﭼﻨـﮓ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡﺧﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﭘﺸﻢ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ )ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻝﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﮔﺎﻧﻨﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ]ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ]ﺻﺒﺮ[ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺃﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ]ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ[؟ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﻢ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥﺷـﺎﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ‬ ‫)ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻓﺘﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -293‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﺴِﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒﹺﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻔﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺄﹸﺗ‪‬ﻴﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒﹺﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﺃﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﺋﹸﻮﻥﹶ؟«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .293‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ[ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺴـﻞ ﺷـﻴﺮﻳﻦﺗـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻝﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺮﻩﻱ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ ﺻﺒﺮ ﺗﻠﺦﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﻢ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻓﺘﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪266‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ]ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ[ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ]ﺻﺒﺮ[ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺧـﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺃﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ؟«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F73‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻢ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺟﯽ ﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ[‬

‫‪» -1‬ﺧﺘﻞ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﺮﻳﺐﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ؛ »ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﮓ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﺮﺃﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ – ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺟﻠﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻦ« ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻔﻖ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻜﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺩﻧﻴﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﻠﯽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﮑﺮ ﻭﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﺋﺎﺏ« ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﺃﰊ ﻳﻐﺘﺮﻭﻥ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻋﺬﺍﺏﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏﺷﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﻡ ﻋﻠﯽ ﻳﺠﺘﺮﺋﻮﻥ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﺶ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺭﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ ﻋﻘـﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺫﻡ ﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‬

‫‪267‬‬

‫‪» -294‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪ ،﴾     ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻏﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .294‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪] ﴾     ‬ﺍﳌــﺪﺛﺮ‪» [٥٦ :‬ﺍﻭﺳــﺖ ﺳــﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺗــﺮﺱ ﻭ ﺳــﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺮﺯﺵ«‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸـﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ )ﺷﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﭙﺮﻫﻴﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺳـﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺁﻧـﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -295‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺦ‪ !‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﲏ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹰﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻀ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﺗ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹸﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠ ‪‬ﻤﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶ‪‬ﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺭﹺﺉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹸﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻄﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﻛﹸﻠﱢﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹴ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶ ﹾﻘﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ«‪.‬‬

‫‪268‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ .295‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺗـﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺦ! ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ]ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤـﻪ[‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻧﻌﻤـﺖﻫـﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺸـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻱ )ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ(؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗـﻮ ﻣﺒـﺎﺭﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺷﺠﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﻛﺸﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣـﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﻼﻭﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ )ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻤـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ )ﻋﻤﻠﻜـﺮﺩ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ(؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﻠـﻢ ﺁﻣـﻮﺧﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣـﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ]ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ[ ﺗﻮ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺁﻣـﻮﺧﺘﻲ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﻓـﺮﺩﻱ ﻗـﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﺮ ﺭﻭﻳـﺶ ﻛﺸـﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ )ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ( ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒـﺎﻝ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﭼـﻪ ﻛـﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫)ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ(؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﻫـﻴﭻ ﺭﺍﻫـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ]ﺭﺿـﺎﻳﺖ[ ﺗـﻮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻓـﺮﺩﻱ‬

‫‪269‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺫﻡ ﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ]ﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﻛﺸﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F74‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﻟﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺟﺮیﺀ[‬ ‫‪ -296‬ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (295‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬ ‫»ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ »ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ« ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻀ‪‬ﻰ ﻟﹶﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶﺔﹲ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ «...‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‪» :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻀ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ «...‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻧﺎﺗﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ« ﻫﻤﺎﻥ »ﻧﺎﺗﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺣﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺷـﺎﻣﻲ« ﺑـﺰﺭگ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻣﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ[‬

‫‪» -297‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻨﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﻘﻀ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺛ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻗﹸﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺎﻝﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﺎﺭﹺﺉﹺ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻲ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﻧ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺁﻧ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﺭﹺﺉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﳌﹶﺎﻝﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺝ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺗ‪ ‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥﹲ ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻗﹸﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹸﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﳉ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻗﹸﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ 291‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪270‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥﹲ ﺟ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱﺀٌ‪ ,‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ،" ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶﺔﹸ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .297‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑـﻴﻦﺷـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﺮ ﺍﻣﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺷﻌﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺎﻧﻪ ]ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺒﻨـﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺷـﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤـﻪ[ ﺑـﺮ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻫﺎﻳﺸـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ]ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ[ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ]ﺳﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ]ﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ[ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ) ‪ (1‬ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺸـﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪F75‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻡ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ )ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘـﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻓـﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﻣـﺎﻝ )ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨـﺪ( ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻣﺤﺘـﺎﺝ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻱ؟‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﭼـﻪ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩﻱ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ )ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ]ﻧﻴـﺰ[ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘـﻲ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺎﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻱ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻣﺒـﺎﺭﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻓـﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑـﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺯﺍﻧـﻮﻱ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺫﻡ ﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‬

‫‪271‬‬

‫)ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ( ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ! ﺁﻥ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﻲ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻱ؟‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾    ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -298‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺ ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘﱠﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﻗﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .298‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﻲ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻱ؟ ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﻟـﻴﻠﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -299‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻳﺤ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻛﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺧﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻱ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .299‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻘﻴـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﺷـﺪ[ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﻧﮕـﻮﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪272‬‬

‫)ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﮕﻮﻳﻲ(؟! ]ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗـﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺘﺮﺳﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺨﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻖ‪‬‬ ‫‪» -300‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾ ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻮﹺﻳﻠﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺀَﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .300‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺑ‪‬ﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ )ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ( ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘـﺎﻥ ﻓﺪﻳـﻪﻱ‬

‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F76‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺪﻳﻪﻱ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺍﻣـﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﺖﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳـﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗـﻊ ﺻـﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪» -33‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ« ﻭ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪﻱ »ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪«‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ«‬

‫‪» -301‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻫ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .301‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﻫـﻢ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻘﺎﺀﻩ[‬

‫‪» -302‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﻪ‪ : - ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮﹺﺿ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺏﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺲ‪ ‬ﺷ‪ ‬ﻲﺀٌ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻛﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .302‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻦ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺩﻭﺳـﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺎﺧﻮﺵ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣـﺎ ﻣـﺮگ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ )ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖﻧﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻦ ﺩﻳـﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬

‫‪274‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ[( ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﮔﺶ ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣـﻲﺭﺳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻣـﮋﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻧـﺰﺩﺵ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﻲﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﻧـﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﮔﺶ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷـﺎﻳﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -303‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻷَﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ )ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ (‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .303‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺷﻌﺮﻱ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻘﺎﺀﻩ[‬

‫‪» -304‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪» :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ‬

‫ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀِ ﺍﷲِ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .304‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﺮگ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ )ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ(«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -305‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ‬ ‫ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﺃﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪‬؟ ﹶﻓﻜﹸﻠﱡﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪...‬‬

‫‪275‬‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪ ‬ﺆﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﺿ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ‬ ‫ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺏﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .305‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧـﺪﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻋـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳﺖﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺮگ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻄـﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻫﻤـﻪﻱ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮگ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻤـﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﺶ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﮋﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ]ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳﺖﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ[«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -306‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ‬ ‫ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪) :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺢ‪ (‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ !‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﹶﺃﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺷ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻗﹾﺸ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﻠﹾﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .306‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﺢ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ل ﺭﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺃﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ! ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪276‬‬

‫ﻫﻼﻙ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻼﻙ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ]ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ[ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ ﺧﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻣﻲﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻱ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ( ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺸﻢﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺧﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺦ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺟـﺎﻥﺩﺍﺩﻥ(‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧـﺪﺍ ]ﻧﻴـﺰ[ ﺩﻳـﺪﺍﺭ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧـﺪﺍ ]ﻧﻴـﺰ[ ﺩﻳـﺪﺍﺭ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ«‬

‫‪» -307‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬ﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻫ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .307‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑــﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﭘﻴــﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧــﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧــﺪ ﻣﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻡ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F7‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺷﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍُﺧﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺩﻳﺪﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ؛ ﴿‪] ﴾    ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ – 31 :‬ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪» [45 :‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻥﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ )ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻣﻲﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪...‬‬

‫‪277‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﻣﻮﺳﯽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ[‬

‫‪» -308‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻜﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻞﹾ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪ ‬ﺘﻦﹺ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹶﻄﱠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﺂﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺍﳌﹸﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺮﹺﻳﻖﹺ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺜ‪‬ﻴﺐﹺ ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .308‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪] :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» [:‬ﻣﻠـﻚ ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻱ ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﻓﺮﺍﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺮگ‪] ﴾        ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪» [5 :‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ )ﻓﺮﺍﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺮگ(‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻘﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣـﺮگ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺎﺧﻮﺵ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﻓـﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﭽﺴﺒﺪ( ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﻜﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻘﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺪﺵ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻘﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮگ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﺮگ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺷﻘﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﺣﺘﻀﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﻔﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺕ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳـﺘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺐ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺖ ﻟﻘﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪278‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﻤـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑﻤﻴـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮔﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻣﻮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﺮﺵ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ؛ ]ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺕ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ[ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺮگ ]ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ ﺗـﻮ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣ‪‬ـﺮﺩ[‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪] :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩ[‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺣـﺎﻻ ]ﺟـﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴـﺮ[‪ .‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻴـﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺪﺱ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪] ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ[‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳـﺮ ﺗﭙـﻪﻱ ﺷـﻨﻲ ﻗﺮﻣـﺰ‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ]ﺁﻧﺠﺎ[ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﺔ[‬

‫‪» -309‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻜﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍ ‪‬ﺭﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸ ﹾﻞ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪ ‬ﺘﻦﹺ ﺛﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹶﻄﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ؟‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﺂﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺍﳌﹸﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺮﹺﻳﻖﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺜ‪‬ﻴﺐﹺ ﺍﻷَﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .309‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪] :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» [:‬ﻣﻠـﻚ ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺯﺩ ]ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮگ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻳﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻧـﺰﺩﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮔﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻣﻮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺯﻳـﺮ ﺩﺳـﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﺮﺵ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ؛ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻌـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮگ ]ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩ[‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪] :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺩ[‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ]ﺟـﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴـﺮ[ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬

‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪...‬‬

‫‪279‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ]ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﻓـﻦ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ[‪ .‬ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪] ‬ﺳـﭙﺲ[‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﭙﻪﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ]ﺁﻧﺠﺎ[ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﯽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ[‬

‫‪» -310‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻜﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻘﹶﺄﹶ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺭﺟﹺ ‪‬ﻊ ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸ ﹾﻞ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺛﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹶﻄﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﺂﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﺍﷲَ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺮﹺﻳﻖﹺ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺜ‪‬ﻴﺐﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .310‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪] :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» [:‬ﻣﻠـﻚ ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﺿـﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺯﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻤﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﻣـﺮﺍ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮگ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻳﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮔﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﺮﺵ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻣﻮ ﻳـﻚ ﺳـﺎﻝ؛ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺮگ ]ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺁﻣـﺪ[‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ]ﺟﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮ[؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ]ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﻣـﻲﺑـﻮﺩﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﭙﻪﻱ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -311‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪ ‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺟﹺﺐ‪‬‬

‫‪280‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻄﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪ ‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻘﹶﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﷲِ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺄﹶ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻞﹾ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓﹶ ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺶ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﺂﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮﹺﻳﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻣﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﷲِ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺮﹺﻳﻖﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺜ‪‬ﻴﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .311‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻠـﻚ ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺕ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ؛ ﻣﻠـﻚ ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺕ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻤﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ ]ﻋـﻼﻭﻩ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ[‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻤﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨـﺎﻳﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ؟ ]ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ‪ [:‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮔﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳـﺘﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ )ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﻲﻣﻴـﺮﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻫﻢ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻤﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ )ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ( ﺑﻤﻴﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪] ‬ﺳﭙﺲ[ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔـﺮ‬

‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﭙﻪﻱ ﺷﻨﻲ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻡ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F78‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺁﻣﺪ؛ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﻀـﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﻣﻠـﻚ ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪...‬‬

‫‪281‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﻪ[ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺯﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸـﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟـﻪﻱ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﻠـﻚ ﺍﻟﻤـﻮﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻟﺐﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺒـﺎﺩﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻓﺘﻨﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺐﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺪﻓﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻳﺤﺎ – ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻘـﺪﺱ ﺍﺳـﺖ – ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻼﺋﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺪﻓﻴﻦ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫]ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -34‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﻓﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺎﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻨﻪﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾   ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -312‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺓﹰ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺓﹰ ﻏﹸ ‪‬ﺮﻟﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪،﴾            ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪             ‬‬

‫‪                 ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾‬‬ ‫‪ .312‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ]ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﺮ[ ﭘﺎﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻨﻪﻧﺸﺪﻩ )ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺯﺍﺩ( ﻣﺤﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳـﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪] ﴾            ﴿ :‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴـﺎﺀ‪:‬‬

‫‪» [١٠٤‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍً ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻲﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ )ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ(ﻳﻢ« ﻭ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ )ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻦ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭼﭗ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﻣـﻦ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ )ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴـﻲ ‪ (‬ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪      ‬‬

‫‪                 ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾       ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪» [١١٨ – ١١٧ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪284‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧـﺪﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗـﻮ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺩﺭﮔـﺬﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌـﺎً ﺗـﻮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻜـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻲ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F79‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﴩ؟[ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ« ﻭ »ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ«‬

‫‪» -313‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄﹸﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺓﹰ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺓﹰ ﻏﹸﺮ‪‬ﻟﹰﺎ‪ «...‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪﻳﺚﹸ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .313‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺒﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒـﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺑﺮﻫﻨـﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻳـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻨـﻪﻧﺸـﺪﻩ‬ ‫)ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺯﺍﺩ( ﻣﺤﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ «...‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪] ،‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ[‬

‫‪» -314‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻬﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺑﹺﻤ‪ ‬ﻮﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﷲِ ﺣ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺓﹰ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺓﹰ ﻏﹸﺮ‪‬ﻟﹰﺎ‪ «...‬ﺍﹶﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪﻳﺚﹸ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻳـﺎ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒـﺮ ﭘﻮﺷـﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻓﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ« ﻛﻠﻤـﻪﻱ »ﺃﺻـﻴﺤﺎﺑﻲ« ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺼـﻐﻴﺮ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﻣﺮﺗﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺃﻋﻘﺎ‪‬ﻢ« ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻓـﺎﺕ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺗـﺪ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺟﻨﮕﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ« ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻼﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪] ،‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﻓﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪285‬‬

‫‪ .314‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺒﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻋﻈﻪ ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ! ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺎﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻨﻪﻧﺸـﺪﻩ‬ ‫)ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺯﺍﺩ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﺤﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ «...‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (314‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾...    ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -315‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮﹴ – ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ – ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .315‬ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ب ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍُﻧﻴﺲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ؛ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺳـﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺮّﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻭﺗﺮی ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻜﺎﺭی[‬

‫‪» -316‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸ ‪‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺒ‪ ‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﺜﹰﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻒ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪‬‬

‫‪286‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺟ‪‬ﻮﺝ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹾﺟ‪‬ﻮﺝ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻛﹶﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻮ‪‬ﺭﹺ ﺍﻷَﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺾﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻮ‪‬ﺭﹺ ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺒ‪ ‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .316‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻣـﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺧـﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ! ﭘﺲ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ]ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﺮﻑ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻛﺪﺍﻡﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫– ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻡ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪] :‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺮ[ ﻧﻬﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻣـﻮﻗﻴﻌﺘﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻤﻠﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﻧﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮ‬ ‫)ﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ( ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻣﺴـﺖ ﻧﻴﺴـﺘﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ«؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩﻩﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑـﺮ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺳـﺨﺖ ﺁﻣـﺪ‬ ‫)ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ( ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺷﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻧﻬﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ]ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺳـﺖ[‪ ،‬ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﺎﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣـﻮﻱ ﺳـﻔﻴﺪ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﺎﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺻـﺤﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﮔﻔﺘـﻴﻢ؛‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺳﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺶ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻑ »ﻭﺍﻭ« ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ »ﺗَـﺮﻱ« ﻧﻴﺎﻣـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺴﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ «‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺃﹶﻟﹾـﻒ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺟ‪‬ﻮﺝ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹾﺟ‪‬ﻮﺝ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺴﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﻓﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪287‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ »ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء« ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫»ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ« ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ[ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ[‬ ‫‪» -317‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻤﺮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺼ‪ ‬ﻴﻦﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹶﺖ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪               ‬‬ ‫‪             ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾  ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸ‪‬ﻧﺰﹺﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺂﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺄﹶ ﺍﳌﹸﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﺭﹺﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺖ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﻠﹸﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹶﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻗﹾﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺ ﹾﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲑﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﱡﻠﹸﺜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .317‬ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪               ‬‬ ‫‪             ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾‬ﺍﳊﺞ‪» [٢ – ١ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ! ﺍﺯ )ﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ( ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎً ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ )ﻭ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪﻱ ﻫﺮﺍﺱﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻱ( ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪) ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ( ﻫﺮ ﺯﻥِ ﺷﻴﺮﺩﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺩﻙ ﺷﻴﺮﺧﻮﺍﺭِ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻥِ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻘﻂ ﺟﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬

‫‪288‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ«؟ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻛﺪﺍﻡﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﺼﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧُﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ«؛ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺻﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﻋﻮﺕﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫)ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ )ﻛﻔﺎﺭ(‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻧﻬﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ( ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ )ﻛﻔﺎﺭ( ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻣﺖﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﺷﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] :‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ[‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ]ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ[ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -318‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻤﺮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹶ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺼ‪ ‬ﻴﻦﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻵﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪               ‬‬ ‫‪             ‬‬

‫ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺜﱡﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﹶﻄ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹸﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‬ ‫‪ ،﴾  ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪ ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻒ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﻀ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻘﹶﺘ‪ ‬ﻴﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﺜﱠﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺟ‪‬ﻮﺝ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹾﺟ‪‬ﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﻓﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪289‬‬

‫ﺸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲑﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﻗﹾﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﺫﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .318‬ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺐﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪             ‬‬

‫‪              ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾     ‬ﺍﳊﺞ‪» [٢ – ١ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ! ﺍﺯ )ﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ(‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎً ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ )ﻭ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪﻱ ﻫﺮﺍﺱﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻱ( ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪) ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ( ﻫﺮ ﺯﻥِ ﺷﻴﺮﺩﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺩﻙ ﺷﻴﺮﺧﻮﺍﺭِ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻥِ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻘﻂ ﺟﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺴﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺐﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺳﺨﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ! ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﻛﺪﺍﻡﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫)ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ( ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻱ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ )ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻱ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ]ﺻﺎﻟﺢ[ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ]ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ[ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻔﺮ[ ﻣﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛ )ﭘﺲ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﻏﺼﻪﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪290‬‬

‫ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ]ﺻﺎﻟﺢ[ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ]ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ[ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ( ﺑﺮ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﺷﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬ ‫)ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ« ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾    ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ«‬

‫‪» -319‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮﹺﻱ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ؟«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .319‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻫـﻢ ﻣـﻲﭘﻴﭽـﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ؛ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﺎﻥ ]ﺩﺭﻭﻏﻴﻦ[ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ؟«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ«‬

‫‪» -320‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ – ‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺿﲔ‪ – ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .320‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪] :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪[:‬‬ ‫»ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﺫﻛـﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫‪291‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﻓﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ...» «‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ« ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ[ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﻇﻲ ﻃـﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗـﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪» -321‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﺪ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹴ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳌﹶﺎﺀَ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻖﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﺬﹸﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻘﹰﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﺍﳊﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪           ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾      ‬‬ ‫‪ .321‬ﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ) ‪ (1‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫‪F80‬‬

‫ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﺵ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪            ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾    ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪» [٦٧ :‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻱ ﻃﻼﻕ ﻟﻔﻆ »ﻣﺜﻠﻬﻦ« ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﻛـﺮﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻬﻨﻪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ ﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴـﻮﻥ ﻛـﺮﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﻋﻠﻢ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪292‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﻪ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻙ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫)ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ( ﺍﺳﺖ(««‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ »ﺍﳊﱪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬ ‫‪ -322‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫)ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (321‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﻢﹺ! ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊﹴ ‪ ...‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪» «‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﻳﺎ‬ ‫)ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ‪ ...‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -323‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،«‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﺬﹸﻩ‪» «‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ«‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ« »ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ )ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ( ﻭ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (319‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -324‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮﹺﻱ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻫ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮﹺﻱ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟«‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﺸﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﻓﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪293‬‬

‫‪ .324‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷـﺎﻩ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻛﺸﺎﻥ؟ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮﺍﻥ؟ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﭼـﭙﺶ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷـﺎﻩ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻛﺸـﺎﻥ؟ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮﺍﻥ؟«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -325‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹾﺴ‪‬ﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﺾ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻄﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﻞﹺ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺎﻗ‪‬ﻂﹲ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬؟«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .325‬ﺍﺑﻮﺣﺎﺯﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻘﺴ‪‬ﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﻭﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ )ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺣـﻮﺍﻝ ﺩﺭﻫـﻢﭘﻴﭽﻴـﺪﻥ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ‬ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ]ﻭﻱ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ [:‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴـﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ«؛ ﻣﻦ )ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒـﺮ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﺶ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﻟﺮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ]ﺗﺮﺳـﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ[ ﺑـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ )ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻓﻴﲈ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ[‬

‫‪» -326‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺿ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻄﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶ ‪‬ﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﻔﹶﻞﹺ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺎﻗ‪‬ﻂﹲ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪.«‬‬

‫‪294‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ .326‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭼﻴـﺮﻩﺩﺳـﺖ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺳـﺘﺶ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦﻫـﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻢ ﭼﻴﺮﻩﺩﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻛﺸﺎﻥ؟ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮﺍﻥ؟ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴـﺘﻪﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﭙﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﺮ ﻧﮕـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﺶ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﻟﺮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ]ﺗﺮﺳـﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ[ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ )ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ[‬

‫‪» -327‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮﹺﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻫ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮﹺﻱ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻫ‪‬ﻦ‪ - ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺀِ‪ - :‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .327‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﭘﻴﭽﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﺶ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷـﺎﻩ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻛﺸـﺎﻥ؟ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮﺍﻥ؟ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﭘﻴﭽﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ؛ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻼء ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺵ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻛﺸﺎﻥ؟ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮﺍﻥ؟«‪.‬‬

‫) ‪(1‬‬

‫‪ -35‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪F81‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪      ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪[﴾...‬‬

‫‪» -238‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﱢﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﻢ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻇ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺘ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺤﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺧﻠـﻒ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧـﻪ ﺍﻇﻬـﺎﺭﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺧﺼـﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤـﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺒـﺮﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼـﺎﺹ ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻃﻠـﺐ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧـﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧـﺐ ﺧﺪﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈـﺮ ﺷـﺮﻭﻉ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺗﻚﺗﻚ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳـﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪﻱ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪296‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺡ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺸﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .238‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑـﻮﺩﻳﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺷﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﮔﺬﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ؟ ]ﺧﻮﺩﺷـﺎﻥ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻭﺳـﻴﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﻤـﻊ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ؛‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺻـﺪﺍﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻣـﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺻـﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ )ﻫﺮ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪ( ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ]ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻓﻜﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻣـﻦ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ؟ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺪﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ]ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨـﺪ[؛ ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻋـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﺗﻮ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺣـﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﺁﻳﺎ ]ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ[ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺕ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻲ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻤـﻲ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺁﺩﻡ ]ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻗـﺒﻼً‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺧﺸـﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ؛ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺷﺪﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ]ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﻪ[ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﭼﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪] :‬ﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺡ![‬

‫‪297‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺗﻮ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺷـﻜﻮﺭ )ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺎﺳﮕﺰﺍﺭ( ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤـﻲﻛﻨـﻲ؟ ]ﻧـﻮﺡ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ[ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﺧﺸـﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻗـﺒﻼً ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺧﺸـﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﭼﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺧﺪﺍ )ﺗﺨﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ( ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ]ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ[ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻦ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F82‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ«‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺰﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻃﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﺍً ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﷲُ‪.«...‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﺤﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﺑﯽ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻏﻀﺒﺎﹰ‪ «...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻼ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺻﺖﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺧﺸﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﺴـﺘﺤﻖ ﻋـﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﺳـﺖ ]ﻳـﺎ ﺷـﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺷـﺎﺭﻩ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﺸﻢ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ[‪.‬‬ ‫»ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻭﺿـﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﻣـﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪298‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺯﺭﻋﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ[ ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﲈﺀ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ[‬

‫‪» -329‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮﹺ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺷ‪ ‬ﻲﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﳛ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﺴﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹴ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺍﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓﹶ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲﹺ ﺑﹺﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﹶﻥﹶ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺭﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺘ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸﻠﹸﻮﺩ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .329‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺴـﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺵ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ )ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ( ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ]ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ[‪ :‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻧـﻮﺡ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﺴـﺘﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪299‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻧﺠﺎﺕﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭘﺴﺮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﻕﺷﺪﻥ( ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺷﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ]ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪[:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ )ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ( ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﻭ ﺗـﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺷﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ]ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ[ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻠﻤـﻪﻱ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫)ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻛُﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ( ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻫـﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸـﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﻴﻦ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ( ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖﺷـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣـﺪﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ[ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳـﺖ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛـﻨﻢ؛ ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺘﻢ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭼـﻪ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﻣـﻲﮔـﺮﺩﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪300‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ]ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ[ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷـﺪﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻣﻨـﻊ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻪﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F83‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -330‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ – ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ – ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮﹺ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﳛ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹴ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻠﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫‪» -1‬ﻳﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪ «...‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﺣﺘﯽ ﻳﺮﻳﺤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ «...‬ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻟﺴﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﮐﻢ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻜﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻓﻴﺤﺪ ﱄ ﺣﺪﺍﹰ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﭼـﻪ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﻳﺴـﺘﮕﻲ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻼً ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﺳﺮ ﻭﻗﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ؛ ﻛﺮﻣـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﻴﺆﺫﻥ ﱄ« ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻧـﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤـﺮﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺺ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪301‬‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹸ ‪‬ﻔﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶ‪‬ﻧﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻚ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹶﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .330‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤـﻊ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ )ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻤـﻊ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ( ﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﻛـﺎﺵ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ )ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫـﻴﻢ(‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ]ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ[ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗـﻮ ﺩﻣﻴـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ ]ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺶ )ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧـﺖ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ( ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺷﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨـﺪ[‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ]ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺡ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴـﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺶ )ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺵ( ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪] ،‬ﻭ ﺷﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ )ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻖ ﻛﺸـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪302‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﻤـﺎﻣﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻫـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸــﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺴــﻴﻨﺶ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧــﺮﺵ( ﺑﺨﺸــﻴﺪﻩ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘــﺲ ﻧــﺰﺩ ﻣــﻦ ﻣــﻲﺁﻳﻨــﺪ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻢ ]ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﺤﻀـﺮ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻡ[‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ ﻣـﺪﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺳـﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻩ ]ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺘﻢ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭼـﻪ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ]ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ[ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﺍﻓـﺘﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺇﹺﻻﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹸ« ﻣﻲﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻪﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﴫﺍﻁ ﺟﴪ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ[‬

‫‪» -331‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺀِ ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺜ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ !‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪) ‬ﺃﹶﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪ ‬ﻤﺲ‪ (‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪) ‬ﺃﹶﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪(‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﺘﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻮ‪‬ﺍﻏ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪) ‬ﺃﹶﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻮ‪‬ﺍﻏ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،(‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺫﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪303‬‬

‫ﺴﺮ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‬ ‫ﻀﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻼﻟ‪‬ﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺷ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺷ‪ ‬ﻮﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄﹶﻒ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻝﹸ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻀ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨﺮﹺﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺁﺛﹶﺎﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺁﺩ‪ ‬ﻡ ﺃﹶﺛﹶﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀٌ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺍﳊﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﳊ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﺒﻘﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻞﹲ ﺑﹺﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺸ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺎﺅ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺻ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻏﹾﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ : - ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻏﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ‬

‫ﻀﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ – ‬ﺃﹶﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ – ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹶﻄ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹰﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪» :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،«‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪» :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻣﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،«‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻈﹾﺖ‪» ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .331‬ﺯﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻄﺎء ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﺜﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻋـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ؟ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻲِ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻠﻮﻍﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﺣـﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪304‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ( ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴـﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ! ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺷـﺐ ﺑـﺪﺭ )ﺷـﺐ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ(‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻠﻮﻍﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻠـﻮ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻳﺠـﺎﺩ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻴـﺪ؟ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴـﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ!‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷـﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺎﻩ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ[ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ]ﻳـﺎ ﻛﺴـﻲ[‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺍﻏﻴﺖ )ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﻣﮕﺎﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺖ )ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻦ( ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻇـﺎﻫﺮ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﭘﻨـﺎﻩ ﻣـﻲﺑـﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗـﺎﻥ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﭘـﻞ ﺻـﺮﺍﻁ ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﻞ ﻋﺒـﻮﺭ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﻋـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ † ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ]ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ‪] .‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑـﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻗﻼﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺧـﺎﺭ ﺳـﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ؟ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗـﻼﺏﻫـﺎ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﻼﺏﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻛ‪‬ﺸـﻨﺪ؛ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﻫﻼﻙ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﻛﺸـﻴﺪﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻼﻙ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ( ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪] ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ[ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷـﻬﺎﺩﺕ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪305‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺛـﺮ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺛـﺮ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺣﻴـﺎﺕ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺰﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴـﻴﺮ ﺳـﻴﻼﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻫﻼﻙ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟! ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ]ﻣـﺪﺗﻲ[‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺠﺎﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩ‪‬ﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ )ﻧﺠﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ؟ ﻭﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻬﺪﺷﻜﻨﻲ!‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺷﺪﻧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻲ؟!‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﻨﺪﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﺭِ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻭﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻘـﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻬﺪﺷﻜﻨﻲ! ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗـﺖ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﻣـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺧﻨﺪﺩ )ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪306‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺑـﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥِ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ «‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪» «‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ«‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.(1 )«‬‬ ‫‪F84‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾   ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -332‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ – ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ – ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮﹺ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﳛ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‬

‫‪» -1‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪ «...‬ﻳﺎ »ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ «...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﺎﻩ ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺿـﺢ ﻣـﻲﺩﺭﺧﺸـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻤﻜﺶ )ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﺟﻠـﻮﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺟﻬـﺖ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻩ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﮓﻛﺮﺩﻥِ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﺎﻩﻛﺮﺩﻥِ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎً ﺧﻴـﺮ‪) ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ؟ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎً ﺧﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻳـﺎ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ «...‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺧﻠـﻒ ﻋﻠـﻲ ﺭﻏـﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؛ ﺳـﻠﻒ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻭﺍﮔـﺬﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ؛ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻭﻳـﻞ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﻴﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪307‬‬

‫ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪‬؟! ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻛﹸﻞﱢ‬

‫ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﳛ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹴ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺁﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﻠ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻏﹸﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﹶﻥﹸ‬

‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪!‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻟ‪ ‬ﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸ ﹾﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺭﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸﻠﹸﻮﺩ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪» :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻥﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻥﹸ ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻥﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﺓﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .332‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺵ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ )ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﻔﻴﻊ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫـﻴﻢ( ﺗـﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ]ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ[ﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ]ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ[؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺎﻡﻫـﺎﻱ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬

‫‪308‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ]ﺳﺨﺘﻲ[ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳـﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜـﺐ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ]ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ]ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻧـﻮﺡ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖﺷـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺡ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ]ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻴـﻞ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ؛ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ]ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ]ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ )ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻛُﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ(؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴـﻲ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ]ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺴﻴﻨﺶ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﺵ( ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫـﻢ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﺟـﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ]ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﺣـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﻣـﻲﮔـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪309‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ! ﺳـﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﮕـﻮ ]ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ[ ﺑـﻪ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻦ ]ﺳـﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ[‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ]ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ[ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ!‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻩ‬ ‫]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ]ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‬ ‫)ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻪﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺟـﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ :‬ﻫـﻴﭻ ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺟﻮ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F85‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ« ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ «...‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪310‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾   *   ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪» -333‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺮ‪ – ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ – ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﺒ‪ ‬ﺪﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .333‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺠﻠﻲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺪﺭ )ﺷﺐ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ(‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺸﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﺣـﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤـﺖ ﻭ ﺷـﻚ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻬﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ]ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺸﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺷـﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺸـﻜﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮﺭ ﻛـﺎﻣﻼً‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ[«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F86‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻟﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻔﻌﻨﺎ‪ «...‬ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﻗﻞﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺬﺭﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ † ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺏ »ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ« ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﻀـﺎﻭﺕ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﻣﻘـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ † ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖﻫـﺎ ﺍﺧـﺮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺩﺍﻧـﻪﺍﻱ ﮔﻨـﺪﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﺰﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻫـﻞ ﻛﺒـﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻔـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻮﻥ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺶ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪» .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪311‬‬

‫‪» -334‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪‬؟‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬؟‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪ ‬ﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﺘﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﺘﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻮ‪‬ﺍﻏ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻮ‪‬ﺍﻏ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺷ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻁﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻱ‪‬‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺰ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻼﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻞﹸ ﺷ‪ ‬ﻮﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄﹶﻒ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﳌﹸﻮﺛﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪) ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮﺑ‪‬ﻖ‪‬‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ (‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻝﹸ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﳌﹸﺠ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ‪ -‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻀ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻﹶ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺛﹶﺮﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﺛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳊ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﻍﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻀ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻞﹲ ﺑﹺﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹰﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺍﺻ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﻗﹶﺸ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺭﹺﳛ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺣﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺎﺅ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬ ‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺴ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺼﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺟﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻳﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪!‬‬

‫ﺴﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﺪﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻋ‪‬ﺴ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹸ ‪‬ﻋﻄ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﻬ‪‬ﻘﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪!‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪‬‬

‫‪312‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ّ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ّ‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺷﻘﹶﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺬﹶﻛﱢﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺀُ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸ ‪‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻣﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ! ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻈﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻈﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹰﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .334‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ!‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ؟ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻭﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺪﺭ )ﺷـﺐ ﭼﻬـﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻩ( ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺷﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴـﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺷﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺍﺯﺩﺣـﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺸـﻜﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤـﻊ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ]ﻳـﺎ ﻛﺴـﻲ[ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻟﺶ ﻛﻨـﺪ‬ ‫)ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻟﺶ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ(؛ ﭘﺲ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺧﻮﺭﺷـﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻃﻮﺍﻏﻴﺖ )ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﻣﮕﺎﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﺍﻏﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺖ )ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻦ( ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﻳﺎ )ﺷـﻚ ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻇـﺎﻫﺮ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤـﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ( ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪] :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﭘﻨـﺎﻩ ﻣـﻲﺑـﺮﻳﻢ[ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣـﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻇـﺎﻫﺮ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪313‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﭘـﻞ ﺻـﺮﺍﻁ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻞ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ † ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ † ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ ]ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ‪] .‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻗـﻼﺏﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧـﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻴـﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻼﺏﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﻨﺪ؛ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﻫﻼﻙ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ )ﺷـﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺩﺭ ﮔـﺮﻭ ﺍﻋﻤـﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ )ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻳﺶ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ( ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺸـﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻼﻙ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ( – ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻋﺒـﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫)ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ]ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ[ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ – ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ‪] ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ[ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺸـﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺣـﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺠﺪﻩﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪] ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺠﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺑـﺪﻥﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫)ﺟﺰ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ( ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳـﺮ ﺁﻥ )ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ( ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺍﻳﺴـﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ )ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻩ ]ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺑﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻫﻼﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﻓﺮﻳـﺎﺩ‬

‫‪314‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻜﻨﻲ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻣـﻲﺍﻳﺴـﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﺭِ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻭﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻘـﺪﺭ ﻋﻬﺪﺷـﻜﻨﻲ!‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ]ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‪ [...‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻲ ﻧﻜﻨـﻲ؟ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﻨﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﺭِ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺭِ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳ‪‬ـﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻭﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻬﺪﺷﻜﻨﻲ! ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻨﺪﺩ )ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻫـﻢ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﺪ ]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ[ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﺵ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛـﻦ )ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛﻦ‪ (...‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻪﻫـﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻤـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻄﺎء ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ب ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻗﹶـﺎﻝﹶ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪315‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ «‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﺳـﻌﻴﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ب ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ! ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ]ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ]ﻳـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ«‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾   *   ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪» -335‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪‬؟‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺭ‪ ‬ﺅﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪ ‬ﺅﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺬﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬

‫ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺐﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺒﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻭ‪‬ﺛﹶﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺛﹶﺎﻧﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺁﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺁﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺟﹺﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹸﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﺠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶ ﹶﺬﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻄﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻯ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺴِﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻄﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺟﹺﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒﹺﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻗﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻌﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪ ‬ﻨﺘ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﻳ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺸ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﺒﻘﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﺀً ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺬﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬

‫ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺒ‪‬ﻘﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﺪﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﱠﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻃ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻼﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻔﹶﻠﹾﻄﹶﺤ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺔﹲ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻟﻄﱠﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﻳﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﺎﻭﹺﻳﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﹶﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺝﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺝﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺵ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹾﺪ‪‬ﻭﺱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬

‫‪316‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺤﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺘ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳊﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹸﻮﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹸﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﺎﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪         ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳌﹶﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﳉﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﺾ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻓﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺍﳊﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺘ‪ ‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳊ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪ ‬ﻴﻞﹺ ‪ -‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ‪ ‬ﻤﺲﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﱢﻞﱢ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱡﺆ‪‬ﻟﹸﺆ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭﹺﻗﹶﺎﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻻﹶﺀِ ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﺮ‪ ‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺩﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺑﹺﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .335‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨـﻴﻢ؟ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺑـﺮ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳـﺪ )ﺍﺯﺩﺣـﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺸـﻜﻠﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﻴـﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ )ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ( ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺭﺷـﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻚ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﻣﻨـﺎﺩﻱ ﻧـﺪﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻭﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺻﻠﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻴﺐﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺖﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺖﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺻﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ )ﺁﻣـﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ( ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪317‬‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﺰﻳﺮ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﺪ )ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ(‪] ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﻱ‪] ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ [:‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﻮﺷـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫)ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ(‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴـﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ؟ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺴـﻴﺢ ﭘﺴـﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﺪ )ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ(‪] ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻱ‪] .‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ [:‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ )ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ(‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺻﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ ﻣـﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ )ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ(؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ]ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻧـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻧـﺪﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻣﻠﺤـﻖ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﻣﻨﺘﻈـﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳـﺪ( ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫† ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺩﺵ )ﺫﺍﺗﺶ(‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺳـﺨﺘﻲﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻔﻆ »ﺳﺎﻕ« ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ "ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻗﻪ" ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ "ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ" ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ‪ ..‬ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻧﺺ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪" :‬ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ‪ " ...‬ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪318‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ....‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺤﺢ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻳـﺎ ﻭ ﺷـﻬﺮﺕ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻡ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩﻛـﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ]ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ[ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘ‪‬ـﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺳـﻂ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺁﻥ ﭘ‪‬ﻞ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻼﺏﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﭘﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺳـﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫـﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻚﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻴﺰﺭﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫـﻲ ﺯﺧﻤـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻞ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ ﻣـﻲﻳﺎﺑـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺣﻖ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪] ،‬ﻣﺼـﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﻨـﺪ ﻭ[ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑـﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥﻣـﺎﻥ! ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳـﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﻕﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﻓـﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﻬـﺎﻥ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﻣـﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻜﻪ )ﻛﻢﺗـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ( ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ؛ ]ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ[ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬

‫‪319‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠـﺒﺶ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ]ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ[ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪] ﴾          ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪» [٤٠ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻇﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ«‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ]ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ[ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺴﺘﻦﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﺨﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ )ﺁﺏ( ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺍﺭﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻥﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ]ﻃﻼ ﻭ‪ [...‬ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺷﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻨﺪ )ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ( ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ )ﭘﻴﺸﻜﺶ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺩ(«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F87‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﻓﻴﻘﺒﺾ ﻗﺒﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ« ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺬﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺟـﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ ﻗﺴـﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪320‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾   *   ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -336‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮﹺ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶ ‪‬ﻌﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﳛ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﻜﹶﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻼﹶﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻛﹸﻞﱢ‬ ‫ﺷ‪ ‬ﻲﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﳛ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺍﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﹾﺋﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺ‪‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪ ‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﹶﺙﹶ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺁﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶ‪‬ﻧﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﹶﻥﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻂﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺛﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺜﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺫ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﹶﻥﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻂﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺭﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺛﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺜﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻀﺎﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪ ‬ﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺫ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﹶﻥﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺛﹾﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺜﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸﻠﹸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻼﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪     ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﳌﹶﻘﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪.««‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪321‬‬

‫‪ .336‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺴـﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ]ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ[ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ )ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﻔﻴﻊ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻴﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ]ﺳـﺨﺖ[ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ ﺩﻫـﺪ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻋـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﻮﺧـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴـﺖ ]ﺳـﺨﺘﻲ[ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻨﻢ؛‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﻪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ]ﻭ ﺷـﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‬ ‫]ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ‬ ‫]ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻨﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ؛ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ]ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻏـﺮﻕﺷـﺪﻥ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧﻠﻴـﻞِ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭِ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ )ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ( ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ]ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ]ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﺍﻭ ]ﻧﻴـﺰ[‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ]ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ )ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻛُﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ( ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﺰ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺴـﻲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺗﻤـﺎﻣﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻫـﺎﻥ‬

‫‪322‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺴﻴﻦ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﺵ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﺣـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ]ﮔﻔﺖ‪ [:‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻢ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛـﻨﻢ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫]ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ[ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑﺮﺳـﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﭘﺮﺭﻭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳـﺪﻡ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﺣـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪ .‬ﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ]ﺍﻧﺲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ [‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳـﻢ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺳـﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﻣـﻲﮔـﺮﺩﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ‪،‬‬

‫‪323‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ! ﺳـﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣـﺪﻱ ﻣﺸـﺨﺺ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪ .‬ﻗﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ]ﺍﻧـﺲ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ [‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻢ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﻧﻤـﻲﻣﺎﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻪﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪] ﴾      ﴿ :‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪» [٧٩ :‬ﺍﻣﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ«؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺗﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F8‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻮﻣﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﮔﻔﺖ‪﴾  ﴿ :‬‬ ‫]ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪» [89 :‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺖﻫﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪  ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪] ﴾‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‪» [63 :‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺰﺭگﺗﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺳﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ« »ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻛﺬﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﺩﺍﺭﻩ« ﺩﺭ »ﻓﺄﺳﺘﺄﺫﻥ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺭﰊ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭﻩ« ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪324‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ – ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ – ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ[‬

‫‪» -337‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷ‪‬ﻔﱢﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺩﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻟﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺩﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺷ‪ ‬ﻲﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻊﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .337‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ )ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻢ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻲ )ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤـﻲ( ]ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ[ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ]ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺐﺷـﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ[‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ[؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻴـﺰﺍﻥ ﻛـﻢﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﺁﻧﺤﻀﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪  ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪] ﴾   ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪» [255 :‬ﻛﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ« ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ« ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻪﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪﴿ :‬‬

‫‪» ﴾ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪] ﴾            ﴿ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎء‪[226 ،48 :‬‬

‫»ﺑﻲﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ«؛ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﺟﺮﺃﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪﴾       ﴿ :‬‬

‫]ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﺮ‪» [18:‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ«‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪325‬‬

‫)ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ( ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻦ«؛ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﮔـﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻨـﻚ ﻫـﻢ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ]ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺭﺏ – ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ – ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ[‬

‫‪» -338‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻌﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻼﹶﻝﹴ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺟﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪ ‬ﺒﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺜﹶﺎﺑﹺﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻓﹶ ﹾﻘﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﺑﹺﺖ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺓﹶ! ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻻﹶﺀِ ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀُﻭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫ‪‬ﻥﹸ‬ ‫ﺤﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﻵﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺤ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺆﺫﹶﻥﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻂﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺝ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶ ﹾﻠﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ – ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻟﹶﺔ‪ – ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺧﺮﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ﹾﻓﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺤ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸ ﹾﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶ ﹾﻠﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺧ‪ ‬ﺮﺩ‪‬ﻝﹴ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻓﹾﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬ﻌﺾﹺ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﳊﹶﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺭﹴ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﺰﹺﻝﹺ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻔﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﹾﺛﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ !‬ﺟﹺ ﹾﺌﻨ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﺎﳊﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ‪‬ﻧﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﳌﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﻊﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸ ﹾﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﺩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨﹺﻲ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺸﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻡ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ - ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﻋ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِ‪‬ﻧﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﻟﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺤ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻳ‪ ‬‬

‫‪326‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﺋﹾﺬﹶﻥﹾ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼﹶﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺄﹸ ‪‬ﺧﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .338‬ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻫﻼﻝ ﻋﻨﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﺎﻫﻢ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺗـﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭِ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﺵ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺿﺤﻲ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ؛‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻـﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺳـﺆﺍﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧـﺲ ﻣـﻲﭘﺮﺳـﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺎﺣﻤﺰﻩ! ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺼـﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﺕ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻲ ﺑﻜﻨﻨﺪ؟ ﺍﻧﺲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻠﻴـﻞ ﺧـﺪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻭ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛ ﭘـﺲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ؛ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ]ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ[ ﻣـﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻜﻨﻢ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺳـﺘﺎﻳﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺳﺘﺎﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ[ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻦ‬ ‫]ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ]ﻫﻢ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻣﺘﻢ! ﺍﻣﺘﻢ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﺟـﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ]ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟـﺶ[ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪327‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ]ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ[ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺳﺘﺎﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﻫـﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ ]ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ[ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻣﺘﻢ! ﺍﻣﺘﻢ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳـﺎ )ﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ]ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﺶ[ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺳﺘﺎﻳﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳـﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻦ ﻭ ﺑﮕـﻮ ]ﻫـﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻩ ] ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ[ ﺑـﻪ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ ]ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﻢ! ﺍﻣﺘﻢ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻢﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺩﻝ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ؛ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛـﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺟـﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﺍﺩ؛ ﻋـﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ! ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺏ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﺎ ﺁﺧـﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺍﺿـﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﻥﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ]ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ[ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ ]ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﻴـﺪ[‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ! ﺗﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﻮ‪ ،‬ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺠﻮﻝ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬

‫‪328‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻪ[ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺳـﺘﺎﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻦ ﻭ ﺑﮕـﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺪﻩ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ »ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ« )ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻡ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F89‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻟﺮﲠﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ[‬

‫‪» -339‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺ ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ‬

‫ﺍﷲِ! ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ )ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ(‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺍﹾﻟﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﺬﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ! ﻋﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﯽ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ »ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﻦ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﺃﺩﻧﯽ« ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ »ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺱ »ﺣﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ« ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻝ »ﺍﺑﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﻪﻱ ﻃﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ« ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺃﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﻔﺎﻋﱵ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎﹰ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎﹰ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫»ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ«‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪329‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻮ‪‬ﺍﻏ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻮ‪‬ﺍﻏ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺫﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﻌ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻁﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺠﻴ‪‬ﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ !‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻠﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺷ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ! ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻞﹸ ﺷ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﻯ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﷲُ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﻀ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﷲِ ﺷ‪ ‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﷲُ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺛﹶﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﺛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﻍﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻀ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻞﹲ ﺑﹺﻮ‪ ‬ﺟﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺍﺻ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﻗﹶﺸ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺭﹺﳛ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺎﺅ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﷲَ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲُ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹶﲏ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﺴ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺ ﹾﻥ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲُ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‬ ‫ﺍﷲُ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ِ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻘﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺴﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﷲَ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻋ‪‬ﺴ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ِ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ِ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﻬ‪‬ﻘﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲُ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺲ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺛ‪‬ﻴﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﷲَ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻀﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺬﹶﻛﱢﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬

‫‪330‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺀُ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﷲَ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﹶﺃﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻈﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻈﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .339‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ!‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ؟ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺪﺭ )ﺷـﺐ ﭼﻬـﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻩ( ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺷﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ! ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺷﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫]ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ[ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷـﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺎﻩ( ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ]ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ[ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ]ﻳـﺎ ﻛﺴـﻲ[ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻣـﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﻃﻮﺍﻏﻴـﺖ‬ ‫)ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﻣﮕﺎﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺖ )ﺍﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ( ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ )ﺑﺮ ﻣـﺎ ﻇـﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ؛؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘ‪‬ﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ]ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ [:‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ]ﺍﺯ ﭘ‪‬ﻞ[ ﻋﺒـﻮﺭ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ )ﺳﺨﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ]ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ‪] ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﺳـﻼﻣﺖ ﺑـﺪﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻗـﻼﺏﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧـﻪﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ؟ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪331‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻼﺏﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔـﺎﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻧﻤـﻲﺩﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻗـﻼﺏﻫـﺎ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳـﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻞ ﻋﺒـﻮﺭ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺶ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤـﻪﻱ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ]ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ[ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀـﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﻱ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ‬ ‫ﺫﺩ‪ /.‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ]ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﺛـﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﻣـﻲﺑـﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺳـﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻴـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺰﺷـﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﻧـﻪﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴـﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﺭﺳـﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺑـﺎﻗﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻫﻼﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﺪ[؛ ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻢ ﭼﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﻨﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺎﻛﺖ ﻣـﻲﻣﺎﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺭِ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻭﺍﻱ ﺑـﺮ ﺗـﻮ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ‬

‫‪332‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻬﺪﺷﻜﻨﻲ! ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﻨﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ ﺩﺭِ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺗـﺎ ﻣـﺪﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻭﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻘـﺪﺭ ﻋﻬﺪﺷـﻜﻨﻲ! ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﮕـﺬﺍﺭ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻨﺪﻧﺪ )ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ]ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ[ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﺵ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤـﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﺭﺳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻄﺎء ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ب ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ب ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ! ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ]ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﻳـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﻠـﻖ ﺑـﻪ ﺗﻮﺳـﺖ ]ﻳـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺗـﻮ ﺑـﺎﺩ[‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪333‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F90‬‬

‫‪» -340‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹾﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.« ‬‬ ‫‪ .340‬ﻫﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﻘـﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ )ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ( ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛـﻦ ﭘـﺲ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ ﻭﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣـﻲ ﻛﻨـﺪ ]ﻫـﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -341‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺯ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ! ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻈﱠﻬﹺﲑ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ! ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ‪ -‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺭﺅﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺅﻳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺭﺅﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺷﻚ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻟﻐﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﻭ ﻛﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺎﻏﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺎﻏﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺖﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﻆ ﻃﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﻓﻴﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﻬﺮﯼ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ«‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﺩﻋﻮﯼ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ‪ «...‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺣﻢ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫]ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪334‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ‪ -‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪ ‬ﺅﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺫﱠﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﱢﻥﹲ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺻﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻄﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬ﻌﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺒﻘﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﺟﹺﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹸﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﺗ‪ ‬ﺒﻐ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻄﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴِﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﺸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻄﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﺟﹺﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ - ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ‪ -‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ؟ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻗﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻘﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺫﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﷲِ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ‪ -‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹰﺎ ‪ -‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻨﻘﹶﻠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﻳ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺸ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻕﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺒﻘﹶﻰ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺗ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻘﹶﺎﺀِ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀً ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻔﹶﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺩ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﱠﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻃ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹲ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪ ‬ﺆﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻛﹶﻄﹶ ‪‬ﺮﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﹾﺒ‪ ‬ﺮﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﻳﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﻄﱠﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﺎﻭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺝﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺵ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹾﺪ‪‬ﻭﺵ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﺼ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﺈﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‬

‫ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹰﺎ ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪ ‬ﺪﺗ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶ ﹾﻠﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹰﺎ ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭ‪‬‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪،‬‬

‫‪335‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹰﺎ ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ‪‬ﺭ ﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﺍﹰ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪        ‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾       ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎ‪‬ﺋﻜﹶﺔﹸ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﺾ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﱢﻞﱢ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻛﹶﺎﻟﻠﱡﺆ‪‬ﻟﹸﺆﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭﹺﻗﹶﺎﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀُ‬ ‫ﺍﷲِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺑﹺﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬ﻌﻂ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺷ‪ ‬ﻲﺀٍ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺭﹺﺿ‪‬ﺎﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻂﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪ ‬ﻲ ﺭﹺﻭ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪» :‬ﺑﹺﻐ‪ ‬ﻴﺮﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .341‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨـﻴﻢ؟ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺷﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ(؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺪﺭ )ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ( ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻩ ﺷﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯﺩﺣـﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻴـﺪ(؟‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﻫـﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷـﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺷﻜﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻣﺸـﻜﻠﻲ ﻧﻤـﻲﺷـﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ[ ﻣـﻲﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺖﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺻﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻳـﺎﻱ ﺍﻫـﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪336‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﺰﻳﺮ ﭘﺴـﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﺕ ﻣـﻲﻛـﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﺪ‪] ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪] ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪[:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺗﺸﻨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺑـﺪﻩ )ﺁﺏ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬ ‫]ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ[ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤـﻲﺷـﻮﻳﺪ ]ﻛـﻪ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ[؟ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﺤﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺳﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻪ[ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺼـﺎﺭﻱ ﻓـﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺴـﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ؛ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﺪ ]ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻫﻤﺴـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﭼـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ؟ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺗﺸـﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺪﻩ )ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ(‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪] :‬ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻧﺸـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ[ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ]ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ[؟ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺳﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﺵ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ([ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻣﺘﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺻﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤـﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺘﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺗﺠﻠـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ]ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻨﺸﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺷـﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﺮﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﻴﻢ؛ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪337‬‬

‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊﺷﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ "ﻓَﻴ‪‬ﻜْﺸَﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦْ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻕٍ" ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻭﻳـﻞ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺺ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺤﺢ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧـﻼﺹ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺟـﺎﺯﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺱ ]ﻣﺮﺩﻡ[ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭘﺸـﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﺴـﺎﻥ ]ﻭ ﺧﺸـﻚ[‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﭘﺸـﺘﺶ ﻣـﻲﺍﻓﺘـﺪ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ ]ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ[ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻫﺴـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺗـﻮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘ‪‬ﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫]ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ‪] ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ؛ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ! ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭘ‪‬ـﻞ ﭼﻴﺴـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﺤﻜـﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﮕـﺎﻝﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﻼﺏ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺳﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺸـﻢ ﺑـﻪ ﻫـﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻴﺰﺭﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺯﺧﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺣﻘﺶ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ ﺑـﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥﺷـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ؛ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻚ ﺣﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪338‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ؛ ﺻﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻕ ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺯﺍﻧـﻮﺍﻥﺷـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﻓـﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴـﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﺶ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﺪ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ( ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪              ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪» [٤٠ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ]ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ[ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺴﺘﻦﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﺨﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪339‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﭼﻮﭘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺍﺭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻥﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ]ﺍﺯ ﻃﻼ ﻭ‪[...‬‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ[‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺷﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪﺁﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ]ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ[‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻏﻀﺐ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ« ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ «‬ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡﹴ« ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶـﺎﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ «‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪» :‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥِ ﺷﻤﺎﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F91‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺺ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺁﻳﻪﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳـﺎﺱ ﻫـﺮ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﺧـﻮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺭﺣﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻝﻫـﺎﻱ ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺻﻼً ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺸﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻲﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪340‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -342‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬

‫ﺍﷲُ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪ ‬ﺪﺗ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶ ﹾﻠﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻝﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﹾﻟﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀَ ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺘ‪‬ﻮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫‪ .342‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺟﻬﻨﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ]ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ[ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻴـﺎﺕ ﻳـﺎ )ﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺯﺭﺩﻓﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽـﺎﻥ ﺳـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F92‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻘﻼً ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻌﺎً ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‬

‫ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪      ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪] ﴾     ‬ﻃﻪ‪» [109 :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ )ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ(‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ )ﺧﺪﺍﻱ( ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ« ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪﴿ :‬‬

‫‪] ﴾   ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‪» [28 :‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻨﻬﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻨﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺝ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺘﺰﻟﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪   ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪341‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -343‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹸﻧ‪‬ﻮﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻣ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠﹺﻲﺀَ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺿ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺜﱡﻮﺍ‬ ‫‪] ﴾‬ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺛﺮ‪» [48 :‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ« ﻭ ﴿‪  ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾    ‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﺮ‪» [18 :‬ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ«؛ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺝ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺘﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈـﺮ ﺣﺴـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺑـﺎ ﺗﻮﺟـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨـﺘﺺ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺨـﺘﺺ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺻـﺎﻟﺤﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣـﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓـﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑـﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻣﻌﺘﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪342‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴﻀ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .343‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻫـﻞ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﻣﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ؛ ﺍﻣـﺎ‬ ‫]ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ[ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ )ﻣﺆﻣﻨـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺬﻧﺐ( ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﮔﻨﺎﻫـﺎﻥﺷـﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻴﺐﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻳﺸـﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗـﺶ ﻧﺼـﻴﺐﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ ]ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ ﻋـﺬﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ[ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ(‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ! ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﻳﺰﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻴـﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ«؛ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﮔـﻮﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ[‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫‪» -344‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺮﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺄﹶﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻣﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‬ ‫ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﺬﹸﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬‫ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺔﹰ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪343‬‬

‫‪ .344‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎ )ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺰﻳـﺪﻥ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻮ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔـﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑـﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﺷـﻮ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﭘ‪‬ـﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﻮ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻧﻌﻤـﺖﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮ ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﺴﺨﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺧﻨﺪﻱ )ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﻤـﻮﻻً‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺨﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻨﺪﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ؟! ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﻘـﺎﻡ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ﻓـﺮﺩ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻘـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -345‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻻﱠ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪ ‬ﹲﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﺬﹸﻩ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .345‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﻗﺒﻠـﻲ‬ ‫)ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (344‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺰﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑـﺮﻭ ]ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﺷـﻮ[ ﻭ ]ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ[‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ )ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫‪344‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩﻱ )ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ(؟‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﺴﺨﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍ ﻭ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭﻱ؟« ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻣﺴـﻌﻮﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﺵ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪی ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺴﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫‪» -346‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺒ‪‬ﻮ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﷲُ ﺷ‪ ‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧﹺﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠ‪‬ﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺑﹺﻈ‪‬ﻠﱢﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﺑﹺﻈ‪‬ﻠﱢﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹸﻭﻟﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧﹺﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺑﹺﻈ‪‬ﻠﱢﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻏﹶ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺸﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬ﺮﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ِ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﺘ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﺑﹺﻈ‪‬ﻠﱢﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹸﻭﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧﹺﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺑﹺﻈ‪‬ﻠﱢﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪‬‬

‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺪﻧﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺩﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻨﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﻬﺰﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻀﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺰﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺰﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻗﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪.«‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪345‬‬

‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﻴﺖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﰲ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻐﲏ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻏﲑﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﳚﺐ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﰒ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻻﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻙ‬

‫ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .346‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺗﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺲ )ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ( ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻴـﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗـﺎﺗﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟـﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﺷـﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ! ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﻨﺪﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ؛ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻋـﺬﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﺶ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﺷـﺪ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺍﻭﻟـﻲ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑـﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﺷـﻢ ﻭ ﺯﻳـﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ! ﻣﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻛـﻨﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺬﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺍﺵ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﺶ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﺷﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﺭِ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬

‫‪346‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ!‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻢ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫)ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ( ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺬﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣـﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻲ )ﭼـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﻜﻨﻲ(؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻢ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﻣﺴـﺨﺮﻩ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻧﻲ؟ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ[ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻡ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻱ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺷـﺪ؟ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﺴﺨﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻧﻲ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺨﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﺪﻩﻱ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ )ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳـﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ( ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺗﻮ(؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫‪347‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ[‬

‫‪» -347‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺨ‪ ‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻟﹶﺔﹸ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻟﹶﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺩﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ!‬

‫ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺈﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺼﻒ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶ ﹾﻠﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻧﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪               ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾     ‬‬ ‫‪ .347‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻓـﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺣـﻖ ﻭ ﺣﻘـﻮﻕ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺍﺳـﺖ؛‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﻪﻱ ﺣﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺧﺘﻲ؛‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ؛‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ؛ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻕﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻮﺯﻙ ﭘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻳـﻢ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩﻳﻨـﺎﺭﻱ )ﻛﻨﺎﻳـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻢ( ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠـﺒﺶ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪] :‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ[ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪348‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ )ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﻣﻄﻤـﺌﻦ ﺷـﻮﺩ(‬ ‫ﺍﻳــﻦ ﺁﻳــﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧــﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪               ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾     ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴـﺎﺀ‪» [٤٨ :‬ﺑـﻲﮔﻤـﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺷـﺮﻙ ﺑـﻪ ﺧــﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ[‬

‫‪» -348‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻠﹶﺤ‪‬ﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱢﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻠﹶﻪ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪ ‬ﻬﺴ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪‬؟ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷَﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹸﺬﹸﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻘﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹴ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪‬‬

‫ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬ﻌﺾﹴ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﹺﺂﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻐﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺼ‪ ‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺡ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺡ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺒﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻐﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺒﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻐﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺙﹶ ﻛﹶﺬ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳊﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ – ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ! ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮﹺﺳ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻠﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪349‬‬

‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻘﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ! ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳌﹶﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶ ‪‬ﻊ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺒﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻐﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪!‬‬ ‫ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹸﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺂﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺴﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪ ‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪!‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺩﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﻷَ‪‬ﻳﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺏﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَ‪‬ﺑﻮ‪‬ﺍﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻳﻊﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺼﺮ‪‬ﻯ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﱠﺔﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪ ‬ﻤﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﱠﺔﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .348‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧـﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻏـﺬﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴـﻤﺖ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺣﻴـﻮﺍﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﻣـﻦ ﺳـﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ؟ ]ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ[ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ )ﺩﺷﺘﻲ ﺑﺰﺭگ( ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻋﻮﺕﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ؛ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩﺍﻳـﺪ؟ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﺍﻣـﻦ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ]ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻭﺿـﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﺑﻴـﺪ[؟ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﺗـﻮ ﭘـﺪﺭ ﺑﺸـﺮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩ‬ ‫]ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ[ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ]ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻤﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳـﻢ[؟ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬

‫‪350‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸـﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﭼﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺡ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺡ! ﺗﻮ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺷﻜﻮﺭ )ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﭙﺎﺳﮕﺰﺍﺭ( ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﻢ؟ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﺧﺸـﻤﮕﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻋﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻗﻮﻣﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ! ﺗﻮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴـﻞ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻧﻤـﻲﺑﻴﻨـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ؟ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗـﺒﻼً ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺳـﻪ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ – ﺍﺑﻮﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ – ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺣـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﭼﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺣـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ! ﺗﻮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻼﻣـﺶ ﺑـﺮ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤـﻲﺑﻴﻨـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼـﻪ ﻭﺿـﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ؟ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸـﻤﮕﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸـﺘﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﭼﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴـﻲ‬

‫‪351‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ! ﺗـﻮ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤـﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻬـﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑـﺎ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘـﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼـﻪ ﻭﺿـﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﺴـﺘﻴﻢ؟ ﻋﻴﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸـﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﭼﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺗﻮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗـﻮ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻫﺴـﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺴﻴﻨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺕ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ؟ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳـﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺵ ﺧﺪﺍ )ﺗﺨﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ( ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓـﺘﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻤـﺎﺕ ﻣـﻲﺳـﺘﺎﻳﻢ[‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪] ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ[ ﺑـﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺳـﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻣﺘﻢ! ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻣﺘﻢ! ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻣﺘﻢ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ! ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴـﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ) ‪ ،(1‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫‪F93‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﻪﻱ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ‬ ‫»ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ «‬ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺯﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﺆﻟﺆ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﺎﻥ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪352‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻴﺮَ )ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺻﻨﻌﺎﻱ ﻳﻤﻦ( ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻜـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﺼﺮﻱ )ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻡ( ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻓﯽ ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ[‬

‫‪» -349‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺨ‪ ‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﺧ‪‬ﻠﱠﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻟﹶﺔﹸ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻟﹶﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶ ﹾﻠﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﺈﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻝﹴ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪         ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾      ‬‬ ‫‪ .349‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ]ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ[ ﻣﻄﻤـﺌﻦ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺶ ﻣﺒﻨـﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﺣﻘـﺎﻕ ﺣﻘـﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻧﻤـﺎﻥ! ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﻪﻱ ﺣﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ ]ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ[ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﭼﻬـﺮﻩﻫـﺎﻱ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﻱ ﺳﺎﻕﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗـﺎ ﻗـﻮﺯﻙ ﭘـﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪353‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳـﺪ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩﻳﻨـﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫)ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻢ( ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳـﺪ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪               ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪» [٤٠ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -350‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ‪ -‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹴ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺍﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪،‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶ‪‬ﻧﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ‪‬ﻧﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪- ‬‬ ‫)ﺍﹶﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻁﹸ ﺑﹺﻜﹶﺴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﺴﲔﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ( ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺫ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﹶﻥﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﻌﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪354‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ !‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹸ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .350‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺴـﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪] ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥﻛﻨﻨـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ[ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺵ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫـﻴﻢ )ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴـﺪ ﻧـﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ( ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ]ﺳﺨﺖ( ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﺁﺩﻡ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛـﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ]ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺡ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴـﺘﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ]ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭِ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ؛ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ]ﻧﻴﺰ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ]ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻠﻤـﻪﻱ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫)ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻛُﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ( ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ]ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ [:‬ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺴﻴﻦ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﺵ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ[‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻒ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴـﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫‪355‬‬

‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓـﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ]ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ]ﻫـﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ[ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔـﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫـﺎ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ! ﺳﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺳـﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣـﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫـﺎﻳﻴﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻔﺎﻋﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺳـﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺠﺪﻩ ﻣـﺪﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ! ﺳـﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﮕـﻮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣـﺪﻱ ﻣﺸـﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ(‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻛﺴـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫‪» -36‬ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ« ﻭ‬ ‫»ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ † ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ«‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ[‬

‫ﻱ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢﹴ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪» -351‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼﹶﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮ ﻗﹶﻄﹾﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻄﹾﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻗﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﱠﺔﹶ ﺑﹺﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﲑﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹸ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹶﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹶﻦ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹰﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹶﻦ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻮ ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺒﹺﻜﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .351‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑـﻮﺩﻡ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻘﺮ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﺰﻧﺎﻥ )ﻧـﺎﺍﻣﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ(؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ ]ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪﻩﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﺣـﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ[ ﺷﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄـﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﻜﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻘﺮ ]ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻢ‪ [:‬ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﻗﻪﺍﺵ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺴـﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﺮﻛـﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺠـﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻤـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﺘـﺮﺟﻢ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ( ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ )ﺑﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻧﻔﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻡ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ )ﺑﻠﻪ( ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﭙﺶ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬

‫‪358‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ[‬

‫‪» -352‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﹶﺎﻗﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶ ﹾﻄﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓﹶ؟‬ ‫ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺ ﹾﺌﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻃﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓﹲ ﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻌ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳊ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻜﹶﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺳﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﹺﻼﹶﺩ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻃﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓﹲ ﻟﹶﺘ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﻮﺯ‪ ‬ﻛ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻛ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻞﹾﺀَ ﻛﹶﻔﱢﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻠﹸﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺎﻟﹶ ‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻘﹶﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﺑﻌ‪‬ﺚﹾ ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹰﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﱢﻐ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍ؟ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹾ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒﹺﻜﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫»ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻌ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺗ‪ ‬ﺮﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳊ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻜﹶﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ‬

‫ﺴﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻫ‪ ‬ﺮﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﻮﺯ‪ ‬ﻛ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻞﺀَ ﻛﹶﻔﱢﻪ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ .352‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧـﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻘﺮ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻣـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﺰﻧﺎﻥ )ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ( ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻋـﺪﻱ! ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤـﺖ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺣﻜﻮﻣـﺖ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ(‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤـﺮﺕ ﻃـﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺩﺝ ﺷﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﻛﻌﺒـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴـﺮﻩ ﺳـﻔﺮ‬

‫‪359‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ‪...‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﺰﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻃَﻲ‪ ّ‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮّ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ؟ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﺮﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺞﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺴـﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻓـﺘﺢ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﻲ )ﻓـﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺞﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﻳﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﺑـﻦ ﻫﺮﻣـﺰ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺴـﺮﻱ ﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻣﺰ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﺮﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﻳـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻼ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺟﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ )ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻤـﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘـﺮﺟﻢ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻔﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ )ﺑﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻡ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ )ﺑﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ«‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻱ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻧـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳـﺪﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫـﻮﺩﺝ ﺷـﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﻛﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺞﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ]ﺍﺯ ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ[ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‬

‫‪» -353‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺻ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﻮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺﺯﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ - ‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﻌﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻯ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪360‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪) ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪- (‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹸﻧ‪‬ﻮﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﻔﹶﺔﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﻔﱠﺎﺭ‪‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺱﹺ ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﺷﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪          ‬‬

‫‪.«﴾‬‬ ‫‪ .353‬ﺻﻔﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﺤﺮﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﻛﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺶ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻮﮔﻮﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‬ ‫ب ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫)ﻭ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ – ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ – ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ ]ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ [:‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻓﻼﻥ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ )ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ(؟ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪] :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ[ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻢ )ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ]ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ[ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ )ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩﻱ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﺶ )ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﻜﺶ( ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩﻱ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﻛﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﻱ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪ ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾         ‬ﻫﻮﺩ‪» [١٨ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻥ! ﻧﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻤﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F94‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷـﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻨﺎً ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ‪...‬‬

‫‪361‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﻤﻈـﺎﻟﻢ«‪» ،‬ﺍﻷﺩﺏ« ﻭ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴـﺪ« ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ« ﻭ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ« ﻭ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗـﺎﺋﻖ« ﻭ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻣﺎﺟـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼﻧﻲ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪...‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ«‬

‫‪» -354‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ! ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻬﹺﲑ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻞﹾ! ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻛﹾﺮﹺﻣ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﹾﻟﺈﹺﺑﹺﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺫﹶ ‪‬ﺭﻙ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻈﹶﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻗ‪‬ﻲ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺴِﻴﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻘﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻞﹾ! ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻛﹾﺮﹺﻣ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺈﹺﺑﹺﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻈﹶﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻗ‪‬ﻲ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺴ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺴِﻴﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺚﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ‬ ‫ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺜﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺨ‪ ‬ﻴﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻥﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻜﱠﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺨﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻔﹶﺨ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺬﹸﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻂﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .354‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪] :‬ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺁﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ؟ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯﺩﺣـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﺘﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺰﻭ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪362‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ(؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺪﺭ )ﺷﺐ ‪ 14‬ﻣﺎﻩ( ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯﺩﺣـﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻴـﺪ(؟ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷـﻴﺪ ﻳـﺎ ﻣـﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺑـﺮ ﻣﺸـﻜﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳـﺪ؛ ]ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣـﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ[ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻧﻲ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ(! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩﻡ؟ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻫﻤﺴـﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻗﻮﻣـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻡ؟ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﭼـﺮﺍ )ﺑﻠـﻪ(‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻲ؟ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴـﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ]ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ[ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣـﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻧﻲ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻗﻮﻣﺖ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﻴـﻊ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻡ؟ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﺮﺍ )ﺑﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻲ؟ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣـﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣـﻮﺵ ﻛـﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻓـﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺖ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ؟ ﭘـﺲ ﺑـﺮ ﺩﻫـﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻬـﺮ ﺯﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻧﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴـﺪ ﻭ ﺷـﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻴـﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪363‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ‪...‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺍﻩﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﺠﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫]ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ[ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷـﺨﺺ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺶ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F95‬‬

‫‪» -355‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﷲُ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻃﹶﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠﹾﻢﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺟﹺﻴﺰ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻔﹶﻰ ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﺒﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺨﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧﹺﻪ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﻧﻄ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻠﹶﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺎﺿ‪‬ﻞﹸ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ .355‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﺧﻨﺪﻳـﺪﻡ؟ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻛـﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻟﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻦﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺵ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻢ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ؟! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ )ﺑﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺰ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ »ﺗَﺮﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪ «‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ »ﺗَﺮﺗَﻊ‪ «‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﺃﱂ ﺃﺫﺭﮎ ﺗﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻊ؟«‬

‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻳﻴﺲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻗﻮﻣﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ«‪] .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺭﺅﺳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ[‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ؟«‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻓﺈﱐ ﺃﻧﺴﺎﮎ ﮐﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﲏ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪» :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ«‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬

‫‪364‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺕ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟـﺖ ﺑـﺮ ﺗـﻮ ﺷـﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻫﻨﺶ ﻣﻬﺮ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴـﺪ‬ ‫)ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻤـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﻦﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻋﻀـﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪:‬‬

‫‪» -356‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻬﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺳ‪ ‬ﻤﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳊﹶﺮ‪‬ﺙﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺱ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻈﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻗ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺴ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺴِﻴﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .356‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ]ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ[ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﺨﺮ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩﻡ؟ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑـﻞ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻄﻒﻫﺎ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻱ )ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻲ( ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﻛﻨـﻲ؟ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﻛـﻨﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪365‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ‪...‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ )ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ(‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﴩ[‬

‫‪» -357‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺑﹺﺎﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺬﹶﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻮﻗﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻛﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺁﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .357‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺿـﻌﻒ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ )ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﭼـﻪ ﻛـﺮﺩﻱ )ﻋﻤﻠﻜـﺮﺩ ﺗـﻮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ(؟ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤـﻊ ﻛـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟـﺪﺍ ﺷـﺪﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫]ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ![ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﺯﺁﻭﺭﻡ! ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ]ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ[ ﺑﻨـﺪﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻔﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F96‬‬

‫‪» -1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺬﺝ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ »ﺑﺮّﻩ«؛ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮّﻩ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﺗﺶ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺧﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟﺰ ﻧﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪] ﴾   ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺄ‪» [40 :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ«‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﻗﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩﺍﺵ )ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺮگ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺭﻭﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪366‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ‪...‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪:‬‬

‫‪» -358‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫ‪ ‬ﹾﻛﺮﹺﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﻠﹶﺎﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻠﹶﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .358‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫـﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛـﻼﻡﻫـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﻓﻀـﻞ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺡ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺣ ﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﯽ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺬﺭ ﻗﻮﻣﮏ[‬

‫‪» -359‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻲﺀُ‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠ ‪‬ﻐﺖ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠﻐ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻻﹶ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﺡﹴ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪          ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪] ﴾                 ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪– 99 :‬‬

‫‪» [100‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮگ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺍ! ﻣﺮﺍ )ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ( ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺯﺧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪367‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ‪...‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠﻎﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺫ‪‬ﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪﴾       ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻂﹸ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹸ «‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .359‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪]» :‬ﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺡ![ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ]ﻧﻮﺡ[ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﻭ؛ ﭘﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻣﺶ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪     ‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪] ﴾‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪» [١٤٣ :‬ﺑﻲﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻠﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺫﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ« ﺑﺎﺏ ]ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﻩ[‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -36‬ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (359‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﻅ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ )ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪﻱ »ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ «‬ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻧ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻳﺮﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ «‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﺡﹴ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ـﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻚ‪‬؟« ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪‬؟« ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﻅ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﻣﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﯽ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ[‬

‫‪» -361‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻲﺀُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻲﺀُ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻗﹶﻞﱡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠﻐ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻰ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠﻐ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠﻎﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪368‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠﻐ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪.«﴾          ‬‬ ‫‪ .361‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﻪ ﻧﻔـﺮ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥِ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ )ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻣﺖ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻣﺶ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻴـﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ[ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺶ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻣﺶ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣـﻪﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪      ‬‬

‫‪] ﴾    ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪» [١٤٣ :‬ﺑﻲﮔﻤـﺎﻥ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻠﺘـﻲ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﺩﻝ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ««‪.‬‬

‫‪ -37‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺯﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪[﴾    ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪» -362‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺁﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺟﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺ‪‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺎﻟﻴ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﺼ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺇﹺ‪‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻱﹴ‬

‫ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺍﻷَﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﺖ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﻨﻈﹸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬ‪‬ﻳﺦﹴ ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺘ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺦﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺆﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .362‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺁﺯﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﺶ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻏﺒـﺎﺭﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻜﻦ؟ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻢ )ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻡ(؛ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺗـﻮ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺪﺭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺘـﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ! ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ )ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﻥ ﻳـﺎ ﺳـﺮﮔﻴﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F97‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ »ﺁﺯﺭ« ﺑﻪ »ﻛﻔﺘﺎﺭ« ﻭ ﻣﺴﺦ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧـﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧـﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﻖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻓﺶ ﻣـﻲﮔـﺬﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻲﺗﻮﺟـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﺭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻲﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪370‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ[‬

‫‪» -363‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻥ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‬

‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﹾﻟﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .363‬ﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﻞ ﻛﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺠﺎﺗـﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺩﻱ؟ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﺐ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻱ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -364‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻥ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻮ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَ ‪‬ﺭﺽﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﺩﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹾﺐﹺ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .364‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻣﺎﻟـﻚ ﺗﻤـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ ﺧـﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺩﻱ؟‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻ‪‬ـﻠﺐ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑـﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺬﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪» :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﺁﻩ ﮐﺬﻟﮏ ﺗﱪﺃ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻗـﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﺴـﺖ ﺃﰊ«‪ :‬ﺍﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺁﺫﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺦﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻲ‪] .‬ﺷـﺮﺡ ﻗﺴـﻄﻼﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫‪371‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ]ﻭ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻙ ﺷﺪﻱ[«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺍﺕ[‬

‫‪» -365‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻮ‪‬ﻥ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺐﹺ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ - ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴِﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ .365‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﻞ ﻛﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻝ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺠﺎﺗﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻱ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﺐ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ )ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ( ﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻧﺸﻮﻱ – ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈـﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ )ﺷـﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ(‪ :‬ﻭ ﺗـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻢ ]ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻧﺸﻮﻱ[ – ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻙ ﺷﺪﻱ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -366‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻜﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮﹺ‬

‫ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻳﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻮ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻞﺀُ ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .366‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻃﻼ ﻣـﻲﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺠﺎﺗﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻱ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻛـﻢﺗـﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ]ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ[«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -367‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...» :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺌ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ...» «‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ]ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ[«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -38‬ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻕ[‬

‫‪» -368‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﻭﺛ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳌﹸﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻘﹶﻄﹸﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻟ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﺬﱢﺏ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺆ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺊﹸ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭﹺ ‪‬ﺟﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﻂ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﻂ‪ !‬ﻗﻂ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺊﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺊﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹰﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .368‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻜﺒـﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺒـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺼـﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺗﻮ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺣـﻢ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ )ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺗـﻮ ﻣـﻲﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻢ( ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺗـﻮ ﻋـﺬﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗـﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘ‪‬ﺮﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪374‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ‪    ﴿ :‬‬

‫‪[﴾‬‬ ‫‪» -369‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻘﹶﻄﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ - :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺃﹸﻭﺛ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ – ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ‪ -‬ﻟ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺆ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺊﹸ‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪‬؟ ‪ -‬ﺛﹶﻼﹶﺛﹰﺎ ‪ -‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺊﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﻂ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﻂ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﻂ‪.«!‬‬ ‫‪ .369‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ؛ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﭼﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺿـﻌﻴﻔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻘـﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻜﺒـﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺼـﺎﺹ ﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻓـﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ(؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺳـﻪ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺖ؟ ]ﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ[ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﭼﺴـﺒﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑـﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ!«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺟﻬﻨﻢ – ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯽ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ[‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‬

‫‪375‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -370‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﺑﺨـﺎﺭﻱ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪(368‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻘﹶﻄﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪» «‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﻣـﺮﺍ ﭼـﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺟـﺰ ﺿـﻌﻴﻔﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻢﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﻤـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ؟« ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺆ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ« »ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -371‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (370‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ «‬ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﺍ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪«‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺳﻮﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -372‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻱ‬ ‫»ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ« ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹶﺮ‪‬ﺛﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ «‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ »ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﺎﻥ« ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -373‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳـﻌﻴﺪ ﺧـﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺆ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ« ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺆ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ« ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴـﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪376‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -374‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪‬؟ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺓ‪ - ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ – ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﻂ‪!‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﻂ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹴ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .374‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ ﻣﺮﺗـﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺖ؟ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﻣﺘﻌـﺎﻝ ﻗـﺪﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ]ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑـﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺑﻪ ﻋﺰﺗﺖ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺸﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -375‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪‬؟ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭﹺﻱ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﻂ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﻂ‪ !‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺊﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪.«‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶ ‪‬‬

‫‪ .375‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗـﺐ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺖ؟ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻪ ﻋﺰﺗـﺖ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑـﺲ ﺍﺳـﺖ!‬ ‫ﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ]ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭘ‪‬ﺮﻛـﺮﺩﻥ[‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -376‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲُ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺒﻘﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻨﺸ‪‬ﺊﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹰﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀُ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‬

‫‪377‬‬

‫‪ .376‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘ‪‬ﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻨ ﹺﱠﺔ ﹶﻭﺍﻟﻨ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﹺ ﹶﺠﺎﺝﹺ ﹶ‬ ‫ﱠﺎﺭ[‬ ‫ﺎﺀ ﹺﰲ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ] ،‬ﹶﺑ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﹶﻣﺎ ﹶﺟ ﹶ‬

‫‪» -377‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀُ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳌﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﻛ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﳉﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳌﹸﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .377‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﺪﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘـﺎﻡ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫)ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮ( ﺭﺣﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -378‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺷﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻞﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺴ‪ ‬ﻴﻦﹺ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺲﹴ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺲﹴ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪ ‬ﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺮﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .378‬ﺳﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺵ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻋـﺬﺍﺏ[‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ )ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻼﻙ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ(‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ]ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ[ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻜﺸﺪ؛ ﻳﻚ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴـﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪378‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺨﺖﺗـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F98‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﻗـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻣﻌﺘﻘـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -39‬ﺣﻮﺽ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺽ[‬

‫‪» -379‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻃﹸﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺍﳊﹶﻮ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﺠ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ‬ ‫ﺗ‪ ‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻮﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .379‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣـﻦ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ]ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ[ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻳـﺎﺭﺍﻧﻢ )ﺍﻳـﻦﻫـﺎ ﻳـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ]ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺖ[ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ‪ /‬ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪی ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‬

‫‪» -380‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﺩ‪‬ﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻲ ﺍﳊﹶﻮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻲ! ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .380‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ]ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ[‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺣـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﺧﺒـﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻲ ]ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﻓـﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺖ[ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F9‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ« »ﺍﺻﻴﺤﺎﺑﻲ« ﻛﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪380‬‬

‫‪» -381‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪ ‬ﻬﻞﹺ ‪‬ﺑﻦﹺ ﺳ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻃﹸﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﹶﻮ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺷ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻈﻤ‪ ‬ﹾﺄ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﺩ‪‬ﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﲏ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪«‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻡﹴ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ ‪‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺵﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹴ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻮﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘﹰﺎ! ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘﹰﺎ! ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﻱ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .381‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﺸﻨﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺣﺎﺯﻡ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺪ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻱ؟ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻠـﻪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﻢ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣـﻪﻱ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ! ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ! ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F10‬‬

‫‪ .382‬ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺐ ‪ /‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﻲﮔﺬﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨـﻊ‬ ‫»ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﮎ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗـﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﻭ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﭼﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﺪﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫]ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ« ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﻛـﺎﻓﺮ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺳﺤﻘﺎﹰ ﺳﺤﻘﺎﹰ« ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫]ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪381‬‬

‫ﺣﻮﺽ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦﻫـﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ]ﻭ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻱ[ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F10‬‬

‫ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻫﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ« ﺍﻣﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻫﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ »ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ« ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻠﱠﺌﹸﻮﻥﹶ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻃـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -383‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪‬ﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺯ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹸﻢ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺄﹾﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻬ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺯ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹸﻢ‪ !‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺄﹾﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻬ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .383‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ]ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ[ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ )ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ! ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪] :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ[ ﻛﺠﺎ ]ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻱ[؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ )ﭼﺮﺍ(؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴـﺪ! ﻣـﻲﮔـﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﺠـﺎ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫‪» -1‬ﺭﻫﻂ« ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻘﺮﻱ« ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺯﻫﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪382‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﻛـﻨﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓـﺮﺩ ﺍﺟـﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺷـﺘﺮ ﺑـﻲﺳـﺎﺭﺑﺎﻥ ]ﻛـﻪ‬

‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ[«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F102‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ »ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ«‪» ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ« ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪] .‬ﺷﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ »ﺣﻮﺽ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪«‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪﻱ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺣـﻮﺽ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﻞ ﺻـﺮﺍﻁ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ؟ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﺴﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﻞ ﺻـﺮﺍﻁ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﺸـﺎﻥ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﻣـﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸـﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢﺗﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ! ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﺠﺎ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ «...‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻞ ﺻـﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ؛ ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺻـﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠـﻲ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣـﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕﻳﺎﻓﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﺸﻨﻪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﻞ ﺻـﺮﺍﻁ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤـﻞ ﺑﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻴـﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴـﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻧﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪» .‬ﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﺠﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﻻً ﭘﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴـﺎﻓﺘﻢ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻢ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻮﺽ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪383‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻈﻤﺄ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ« ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺣـﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﺸـﻨﻪ ﻧﺸـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺷـﺎﺭﻩ ﺑـﻪ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﺣـﻮﺽ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﻞ‬ ‫ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻳـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺿـﻌﻒ ﻧﻜﺘـﻪﻱ ﻓـﻮﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕﻳﺎﻓﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻧﺠﺎﺕﻳﺎﻓﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﺸﻨﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻـﺮﺍﻁ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻮﺽ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﻞ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺸﻨﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻄﻼﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ »ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ« ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺩﻭ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﺩﻭ ﻛـﻮﺛﺮ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺴـﻄﻼﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﻬﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺑﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪﻱ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺰﻭ ﻏﻴﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻊﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻨﺪﻩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺣﻮﺿـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ »ﺟﺮﺑﺎء« ﻭ »ﺃﺫﺭﺡ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺑﺎء ﻭ ﺃﺫﺭﺡ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺳـﺘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺎﺻـﻠﻪﻱ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺹ ب ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺣﻮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺶ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺵﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﺸﻨﻪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻠـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﻌﺎﻱ ﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻇﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ«؛ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪﺍﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻠـﻪ« ﺷـﻬﺮ‬

‫‪384‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪» -384‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳊﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﹾﻞ ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪‬؟ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺮﹺﺣ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹶ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺫﹸ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻧ‪ ‬ﺮﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻘﹶﺎﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .384‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣـﻲﮔﺬﺭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﻣـﻲﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺑـﺮ ﺣـﻮﺽ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ؟ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ!‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ]ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ[ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺎﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺟﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﺞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ »ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻏﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻍﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﺖ ﺑـﺮ ﺣﻮﺿـﻢ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ؛ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻨﺪ – ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺭﺛﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻭﻫﺐ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺣﻮﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻒ ﻣـﻲﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺎء ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﻇـﺮﻑﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﺳـﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻇﺮﻑﻫﺎ(« ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﻤـﺪ ‪/‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺲ ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻇﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ« ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻇﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ« ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ]ﺷـﺮﺡ ﻗﺴـﻄﻼﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ[‪.‬‬

‫‪385‬‬

‫ﺣﻮﺽ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﻣﻠﻴﻜﻪ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ( ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻦﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻓﺘﻨﻪ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F103‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻱ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ ،173‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻳـﻚ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ‪» :‬ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻـﺤﺎﺏ ﻭﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ«؛ ﺣـﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺧـﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻗﺒﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﺑـﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺻـﺪﻳﻖ ‪ ‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﻱ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻭﻕ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺁﻳﻪﻱ ‪ 54‬ﻣﺎﺋﺪﻩ‪ ﴾...    ...﴿ :‬ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻀﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻧﻘﻀﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺼﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﻭ ﻳـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ!«‪ ،‬ﻧﺸـﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﭼﻴﺴـﺖ؟ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﻚ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (4-1‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ »ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪ«‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻪ‪» ﴾  ﴿ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ« ﻭ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃُﺻ‪‬ﻴﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«؛ »ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝٌ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ«؛‬ ‫»ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ«؛ »ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ«؛ »ﺭﻫﻂ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﻞ«؛‬ ‫»ﺯﻣﺮﺓ« ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4-2‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺿـﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4-3‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥِ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖﺷﺎﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺼﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ ﻋﺼـﺮ ﻣـﺎ ﻫـﻢ ﺛﺎﺑـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻤﻪﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻋﺼـﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺁﻥﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪386‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻜﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ« ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻱِ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻣـﻲﭘـﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﻩ‪ – 285 ،151 ،143 ،137 :‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ – 195 ،110 ،103 ،68 :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴـﺎء‪ – 96 ،95 :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋـﺪﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ – 55‬ﺍﻷﻧﻔــﺎﻝ‪ – 74 ،64 ،63 ،62 :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑــﻪ‪ – 118 ،117 ،100 ،89 ،88 ،23 ،22 ،21 :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤــﻞ‪،42 ،41 :‬‬ ‫‪ – 110‬ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪ – 41 ،40 :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ – 55 :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ – 29 ،26 ،18 ،10 :‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺛﻴﻪ‪ – 10 ،9 ،8 ،7 ،6 :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺠـﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ – 7‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ – 10 :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ‪ – 22 :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ‪ – 10 ،9 ،8 :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺤﻨﻪ‪ – 1 :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ‪ – 8 :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ‪.8 ،1 :‬‬

‫‪ -40‬ﺫﺑﺢ ﻣﺮگ )ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺮگ( ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺮگ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -385‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪ ‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻮﻗﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻄﱠﻠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻠ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺴﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ! ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻄﱠﻠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺬﹾﺑ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻔﹶﺮﹺﻳﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻛ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .385‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺮگ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ! ﺑﻬﺸـﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﺗـﺮﺱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺻـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ! ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺟـﻪ ﺻـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮگ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮگ ﺑﺮ ﭘ‪‬ﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺫﺑﺢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻴـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﺟـﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﮔﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﺧﻠﻮﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪» -386‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﳌﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻮﻗﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻄﱠﻠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ!‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪388‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻄﱠﻠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎﺀِ‪ :‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﹾﻓﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶ ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﱢﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺬﹾﺑ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺑ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ !‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ! ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .386‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺩﺭﻣـﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺮگ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ! ﺑﻬﺸـﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﺗـﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﺶ! ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻨﺪ؛‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺩﻭﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ؟ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻼً ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﮔﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺯﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ؛ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺮگ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫﺑﺢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ! ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻴـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴـﺎﻥ! ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧـﻪ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻴـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮔﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F104‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﻋﻘﻠـﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮگ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺑﺢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴـﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ ﻣﻐـﺎﻳﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؛ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻨﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺄﺱ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺍﻣﻴﺪﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻭ ﺧـﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜـﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮگ ﺫﺑﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺫﺑﺢ ﻣﺮگ )ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺮگ( ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ‬

‫‪389‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -387‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸ ‪‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻝﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﳊﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳊ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪ ‬ﻴﻞﹺ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀَ‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﺘ‪‬ﻮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .387‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺧﻄـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻪ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟـﺶ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ؛ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺷـﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧـﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻞ – ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﻞ – ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺯﺭﺩﻓﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ ﻓﯽ ﺍﻷﻋﲈﻝ[‬

‫‪» -388‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬

‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻝﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻳﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺆﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﺴـﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗـﺪﺭﺕ ﻻﻳـﺰﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪390‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﳊﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﳊﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳊ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺻ‪ ‬ﹾﻔﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀَ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪ ‬ﻴﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .388‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪]» :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ[ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﺶ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ]ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ[ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ – ﻳﺎ )ﺷﻚ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ( ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧـﻪﻱ ﺣﻴـﺎﺕ – ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘـﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ؛ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﺭﺩﻓﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻴﺐ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ( ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﺮﻭ )ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻔﻆ »ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ« ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻝﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ «‬ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫»ﺧ‪ ‬ﺮﺩ‪‬ﻝﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ «‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪]» -41‬ﺭﺍﻩ[ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭ ]ﺭﺍﻩ[ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ »ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ«‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﺮﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺣﻔﺖ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺎﺭﻩ[‬

‫‪» -389‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻫ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﹺﺎﳌﹶﻜﹶﺎﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﻊ ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻔﱠ ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ! ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻋﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﳌﹶﻜﹶﺎﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺐ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻔﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺭﺟﹺ ‪‬ﻊ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .389‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑـﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴـﺖ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﻮﺩ(؛ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺍﻣـﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷﻲﻫﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮔـﺮﻭ ﺗﺤﻤـﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑـﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴـﺖ‬

‫‪392‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﮕﺮ؛ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑـﺎﻻ ﻣـﻲﺭﻭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑـﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴـﺖ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ )ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ(«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -390‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔﱠﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ! ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻱ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟﹺ ‪‬ﺒﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ! ﺍ ﹾﺫﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸ ‪‬ﺮ ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻔﱠﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ! ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪‬‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪.«...‬‬ ‫‪ .390‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﻓـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ(؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ! ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﻓـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳـﻮﮔﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ )ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﻮﺩ(؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ‬

‫]ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻭ ]ﺭﺍﻩ[ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﺎ ‪...‬‬

‫‪393‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﻴـﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴـﻞ! ﺑـﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﻨﮕـﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ!‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ! ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑـﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻧﮕـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺸـﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ! ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺎﺏ ]ﺍﻟﺤﻠـﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺰﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ[ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -391‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺴﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴﺜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﺛﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻊﹴ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺍﳉﹸﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻉﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴﺜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﺛﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ ﺫ‪‬ﻱ ﻏﹸﺼ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺰ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻐ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺺ‪‬‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴﺜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺮﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﻤ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻠﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻴﺐﹺ ﺍﳊﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻧﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺿ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻝﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻜﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ !‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺾﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻛ‪‬ﺜﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪ ‬ﹾﺌﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺟ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﻏﹶﻠﹶﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻘﹾﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻟﱢﲔ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ! ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺧﺮﹺﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻋ‪ ‬ﺪﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻇﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺌﹸﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺄﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﲑﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳊﹶﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻞﹺ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .391‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺭﺩﺍء ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴـﺎﻥ ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻧـﻪ‬

‫‪394‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻠﻮﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺫﻳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻏـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﻃﻠـﺐ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﺴـﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓــﻲ ﺑــﺎ ﻗــﻼﺏﻫــﺎﻱ ﺁﻫﻨــﻲ ﺑــﻪ ﺁﻥﻫــﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣــﻲﺷــﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨــﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﻫﺮﮔــﺎﻩ ﺑــﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻢﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻜﻢﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺭﺍ ]ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ[ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ؛ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥﺗﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻻﻳـﻞ ﺁﺷـﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘـﺎﻥ ﻧﻤـﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧـﺪ؟ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠـﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻤﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ )ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ(؛ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ! ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﻴﺮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻋـﺬﺍﺏ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ ﻳـﺎﺑﻴﻢ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺮگ ﻭ ﻣﻴـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ – ﺍﻋﻤﺶ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﺪ – ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻣـﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻣـﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻤـﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻔﻪ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﺨﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ؛ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺄﻳﻮﺱ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷـﺮﻭﻉ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻩﻛﺸـﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺮﺕﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻭﻳﻼﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫]ﺭﺍ[ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻭ ]ﺭﺍﻩ[ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﺎ ‪...‬‬

‫‪395‬‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﻊ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟـﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺸـﻚ ﻧﺸـﺪﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﻢ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -42‬ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺩﺭﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪» -392‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲُ ‪ -‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ‪ : -‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﺯﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺸ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﺍ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪.«‬‬

‫‪ .392‬ﺍﺯ ﺻﻬﻴﺐ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺸـﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺨﺸـﻴﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﭼﻬـﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﺎﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻧـﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻱ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺟﻬـﻨﻢ ﻧﺠـﺎﺕ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩﻱ؟ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ]ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺭﻭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ[ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ )ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ( ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -393‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻞ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (392‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪] ﴾   ﴿ :‬ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪» [٢٦ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻜﻮ )ﺑﻬﺸﺖ( ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ )ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺪﺍ( ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ]ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻟﺮﲠﻢ[‬

‫‪» -394‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﺳ‪‬ﻄﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ !‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،﴾     ﴿ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﹶﻓﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬‬

‫‪398‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻨﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﺒﻘﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .394‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒـﺪﺍﷲ ب ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣـﻲﺗﺎﺑـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻫﺎﻳﺸـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ! ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺩ؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ )ﺳـﻼﻡ( ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﻛـﻼﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪] ﴾     ﴿ :‬ﻳﺲ‪» [٥٨ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ )ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ( ﺩﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻨﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ«؛ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻧﮕﺮﻧﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ ﺣﺠـﺎﺏ ﻓـﺮﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻛﺘﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪» -395‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻬ‪ ‬ﻴﺐﹴ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪:‬‬

‫﴿‪‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾  ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ !‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋ‪ ‬ﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺠﹺﺰ‪‬ﻛﹸﻤ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬؟ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﹶﻘﱢﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺯﹺﻳﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﺪﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺠﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺸ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮﹺ ‪ -‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪.«‬‬ ‫‪ .395‬ﺍﺯ ﺻﻬﻴﺐ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﻼﻭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫﴿‪] ﴾   ‬ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪» [٢٦ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻜـﻮ ﻣـﻲ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻜﻮ )ﺑﻬﺸﺖ( ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ )ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺪﺍ( ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺖ« ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺯﺧﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧـﺪﺍ ﺳـﺮ ﻣـﻲﺩﻫـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﻋـﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻣـﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺸـﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ )ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴـﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻧﺪﺍﺩ(؟ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸـﺖ‬

‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪399‬‬

‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺩ؟ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒـﻮﺏﺗـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻪﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ[‬

‫‪» -396‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸ ‪‬ﺪﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺒ‪ ‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻚ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻻﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗ‪ ‬ﻌﻂ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﺭﹺﺿ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻂﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .396‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ! ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ! ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﻱ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻴﻢ! ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﭼـﺮﺍ ﺭﺍﺿـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻴـﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗـﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﺍ!‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻡ«) ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪F105‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ...» :‬ﻭ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻡ«؛ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸـﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﻨـﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ – ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪400‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ[‬ ‫‪ -397‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﺪ )ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (396‬ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﻇﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﺭﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ «‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟« ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫»ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﻢ؟«‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ« ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟـﺎﻱ »ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪» ،«...‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪...‬؟«‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ« ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ[‬

‫‪» -398‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹰﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫﹶﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉ‪ - ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺅ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﻮﹺﻳﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﳉ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺒﹺﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻧﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .398‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺳـﺨﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻲ؟! ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ )ﺑﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺬﺭ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻴـﺪﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺷﺪﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳـﻚ ﭼﺸـﻢ ﺑـﻪ ﻫـﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻳـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲﻳﺎﺑـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴـﺮ ﻭ‬

‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪401‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻊ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨـﺪ(«؛ ﺁﻥ ﻓـﺮﺩ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻧﺸـﻴﻦ ]ﺑـﻪ ﻗﺼـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﺡ[ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺰ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻗﺮﻳﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ )ﻳﺎ ﺍﻫـﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﻪ( ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻛﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯﻧﺪ )ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪] :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﯽ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ[‬

‫‪» -399‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﳌﹸﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬

‫ﺠﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻕﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻕ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫﹶﻥﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺍﳉﹸﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﺯ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﺽﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪ - ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺴﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺎﻓﹸﻮﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹸﺜﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﳌ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ !‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ؟‬ ‫ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺿ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺿ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥﹸ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺬﹶﻛﱠﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹺ ﻏﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ؟ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪ ‬ﺘﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻗ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ‪‬ﻣﻄﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﻃ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺭﹺﳛ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ‪ :-‬ﻗﹸﻮﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻗﹰﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﻔﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻠﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺍﻵﺫﹶﺍﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﻠﹸﻮﺏﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺸﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﻕﹺ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻠﻘﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ ‪‬ﺷﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻉ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﳌﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺ ‪‬ﻢ ﺩ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪ - ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱢﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻨﻘﹶﻀ‪‬ﻲ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﻨﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺯﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸ ﹾﻠﻦ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻫﻠﹰﺎ! ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬ ‫ﺴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘﱡﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹶﻠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﻠﹶﺒ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶ ‪‬‬

‫‪402‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪ .399‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺐ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺑـﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺩﻳـﺪﺍﺭ ﻛـﺮﺩ؛‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ؛ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠـﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ‬ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﺒـﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻱ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺵ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻏﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻍﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻫـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ – ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ –‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺗﭙﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺷـﺎﻥ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻛﺮﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ؟ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺪﺭ )ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑـﺎﻫﻢ ﺟـﺮّ ﻭ ﺑﺤـﺚ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ؟ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ؟ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑـﺮﻱ ﺁﻥﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻮﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﺸـﻢﻫـﺎ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪403‬‬

‫ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠـﺐ ﻛﺴـﻲ ﺧﻄـﻮﺭ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﺧﺮﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺷـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ‬ ‫)ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ(‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﻣـﻲﻛﻨﻨـﺪ؛ ﭘﻴـﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓـﺮﺩﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷـﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻘـﺎﻣﺶ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣـﻲﺑﻴﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻧﻤـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻏﺼﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺩ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔـﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴـﺮﺍﻥﻣـﺎﻥ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ! ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺯﻳﺒـﺎ ﻭ ﻧـﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻱ! ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﻛـﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺣﻖ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -400‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻱ ‪ (399‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﻫﺮﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺮﺟﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺿ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺿ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥﹸ! ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹶﻛﱢﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ !‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ؟‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒﹺﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬ﻐﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪» «...‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﻧﻤﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ؛ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻱ ﻓﻼﻧﻲ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ؟ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﺵ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ! ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪404‬‬

‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ )ﺑﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ‪ «...‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ‪» :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ« ﺟﻤﻠﻪﻱ »ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ ‪‬ﺷﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪ ‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ« ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪ ‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﱐﺀٌ« »ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫»ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻝ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﻠﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻝ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺇﻧﻚ ﲪﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﳎﻴﺪ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻝ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻝ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺇﻧﻚ ﲪﻴﺪ ﳎﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫»ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ«‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ‬ ‫‪85 / 1 / 13‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻭﻩ‬